WO2017030155A1 - Dye composition, fluorescence sensor, and production method for fluorescence sensor - Google Patents

Dye composition, fluorescence sensor, and production method for fluorescence sensor Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2017030155A1
WO2017030155A1 PCT/JP2016/074053 JP2016074053W WO2017030155A1 WO 2017030155 A1 WO2017030155 A1 WO 2017030155A1 JP 2016074053 W JP2016074053 W JP 2016074053W WO 2017030155 A1 WO2017030155 A1 WO 2017030155A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
group
resin
fluorescence
pigment
colored composition
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/JP2016/074053
Other languages
French (fr)
Japanese (ja)
Inventor
上村 哲也
Original Assignee
富士フイルム株式会社
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 富士フイルム株式会社 filed Critical 富士フイルム株式会社
Priority to KR1020187004379A priority Critical patent/KR102121760B1/en
Priority to JP2017535556A priority patent/JP6663433B2/en
Publication of WO2017030155A1 publication Critical patent/WO2017030155A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/004Photosensitive materials
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08FMACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING CARBON-TO-CARBON UNSATURATED BONDS
    • C08F2/00Processes of polymerisation
    • C08F2/44Polymerisation in the presence of compounding ingredients, e.g. plasticisers, dyestuffs, fillers
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08FMACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING CARBON-TO-CARBON UNSATURATED BONDS
    • C08F2/00Processes of polymerisation
    • C08F2/46Polymerisation initiated by wave energy or particle radiation
    • C08F2/48Polymerisation initiated by wave energy or particle radiation by ultraviolet or visible light
    • C08F2/50Polymerisation initiated by wave energy or particle radiation by ultraviolet or visible light with sensitising agents
    • GPHYSICS
    • G01MEASURING; TESTING
    • G01NINVESTIGATING OR ANALYSING MATERIALS BY DETERMINING THEIR CHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
    • G01N21/00Investigating or analysing materials by the use of optical means, i.e. using sub-millimetre waves, infrared, visible or ultraviolet light
    • G01N21/75Systems in which material is subjected to a chemical reaction, the progress or the result of the reaction being investigated
    • G01N21/77Systems in which material is subjected to a chemical reaction, the progress or the result of the reaction being investigated by observing the effect on a chemical indicator
    • G01N21/78Systems in which material is subjected to a chemical reaction, the progress or the result of the reaction being investigated by observing the effect on a chemical indicator producing a change of colour
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02BOPTICAL ELEMENTS, SYSTEMS OR APPARATUS
    • G02B5/00Optical elements other than lenses
    • G02B5/20Filters
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/004Photosensitive materials
    • G03F7/027Non-macromolecular photopolymerisable compounds having carbon-to-carbon double bonds, e.g. ethylenic compounds
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/004Photosensitive materials
    • G03F7/027Non-macromolecular photopolymerisable compounds having carbon-to-carbon double bonds, e.g. ethylenic compounds
    • G03F7/032Non-macromolecular photopolymerisable compounds having carbon-to-carbon double bonds, e.g. ethylenic compounds with binders
    • G03F7/033Non-macromolecular photopolymerisable compounds having carbon-to-carbon double bonds, e.g. ethylenic compounds with binders the binders being polymers obtained by reactions only involving carbon-to-carbon unsaturated bonds, e.g. vinyl polymers
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/004Photosensitive materials
    • G03F7/038Macromolecular compounds which are rendered insoluble or differentially wettable

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to a colored composition, a fluorescence sensor, and a method for producing the fluorescence sensor.
  • a fluorescence sensor that inspects a sample by reacting a sample such as DNA (deoxyribonucleic acid) with a reagent, irradiating the sample with excitation light, and detecting fluorescence emitted from the sample.
  • the inspection by the fluorescence sensor is performed by irradiating the sample with excitation light, transmitting the fluorescence generated from the sample through the emission filter, and observing the fluorescence transmitted through the emission filter.
  • a filter using a red pigment is used as an emission filter of a fluorescent sensor.
  • the red pigment Color Index Pigment Red 254 has been conventionally used.
  • Patent Document 1 describes that a red color filter for an image display device is manufactured using a composition containing chromophthaled red BRN (color index pigment red 144) and a photosensitive resin.
  • Patent Document 2 describes that a red color filter for an image display device is manufactured using a composition containing Color Index Pigment Red 144, polyvinyl alcohol, a surfactant, and water. Yes.
  • JP 60-129739 A Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 10-239835
  • the emission filter using the color index pigment red 254 is likely to generate fluorescence due to excitation light, and the detection sensitivity of the fluorescence sensor is likely to decrease.
  • Patent Documents 1 and 2 have no description or suggestion regarding a fluorescent sensor.
  • an object of the present invention is to provide a coloring composition capable of obtaining a fluorescent sensor excellent in detection sensitivity, a fluorescent sensor excellent in detection sensitivity, and a method for manufacturing the fluorescent sensor.
  • the present inventor has found that the color index pigment red 144 and the color index pigment red 166 are pigments that are difficult to generate fluorescence by excitation light. It was.
  • the integrated intensity of fluorescence in the wavelength range of 600 to 700 nm when excited with light having a wavelength of 534 nm in a 3.0 ⁇ m-thick film formed using the colored composition A colored composition having a value obtained by dividing a cured film containing Color Index Pigment Red 254, which will be described later, by the integrated intensity of fluorescence in the wavelength range of 600 to 700 nm when excited with light having a wavelength of 534 nm is 0.5 or less.
  • a colored composition for forming an emission filter of a fluorescent sensor Including a red pigment, a resin, a polymerizable compound, a photopolymerization initiator, and a solvent, The integrated intensity of fluorescence in the wavelength range of 600 to 700 nm when excited with light having a wavelength of 534 nm in a film having a thickness of 3.0 ⁇ m formed using the coloring composition, Divided by the integrated intensity of fluorescence in the wavelength range of 600 to 700 nm when cured with a light of wavelength 534 nm of a cured film A having a thickness of 3.0 ⁇ m and containing 40% by mass of Color Index Pigment Red 254 in the total solid content.
  • a colored composition for forming an emission filter of a fluorescent sensor A coloring composition comprising at least one red pigment selected from Color Index Pigment Red 144 and Color Index Pigment Red 166, a resin, a polymerizable compound, a photopolymerization initiator, and a solvent.
  • the polymerizable compound is a polymerizable monomer.
  • ⁇ 5> The colored composition according to ⁇ 4>, wherein the polymerizable monomer has three or more radically polymerizable groups.
  • ⁇ 6> The colored composition according to ⁇ 4> or ⁇ 5>, wherein the polymerizable monomer has an alkyleneoxy group.
  • ⁇ 7> The colored composition according to ⁇ 6>, wherein the polymerizable monomer has a chain containing two or more alkyleneoxy groups as repeating units.
  • ⁇ 8> The colored composition according to any one of ⁇ 1> to ⁇ 7>, wherein the resin contains a graft copolymer.
  • the resin comprises a resin containing a repeating unit represented by any of the following formulas (1) to (4);
  • W 1 , W 2 , W 3 , and W 4 each independently represent an oxygen atom or NH
  • X 1 , X 2 , X 3 , X 4 , and X 5 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group
  • Y 1 , Y 2 , Y 3 , and Y 4 each independently represent a divalent linking group
  • Z 1 , Z 2 , Z 3 , and Z 4 each independently represent a monovalent organic group
  • R 3 represents an alkylene group
  • R 4 represents a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group
  • n, m, p, and q each independently represents an integer of 1 to 500
  • j and k each independently represents an integer of 2 to 8,
  • a pluralitylene group each independently represents an oxygen atom or NH
  • ⁇ 10> A fluorescent sensor having an emission filter using the colored composition according to any one of ⁇ 1> to ⁇ 9>.
  • ⁇ 11> The fluorescence sensor according to ⁇ 10>, wherein the fluorescence sensor is used by irradiating a sample with excitation light.
  • ⁇ 12> The fluorescence sensor according to ⁇ 10> or ⁇ 11>, wherein the fluorescence sensor is a DNA sensor.
  • ⁇ 13> A method for producing a fluorescent sensor comprising a step of forming an emission filter using the colored composition according to any one of ⁇ 1> to ⁇ 9>.
  • the total solid content refers to the total mass of components obtained by removing the solvent from all components of the composition. Moreover, solid content means solid content in 25 degreeC.
  • groups (atomic groups) in this specification the notation that does not indicate substitution and non-substitution includes not only those having no substituent but also those having a substituent.
  • the “alkyl group” includes not only an alkyl group having no substituent (unsubstituted alkyl group) but also an alkyl group having a substituent (substituted alkyl group).
  • “Radiation” in the present specification means, for example, an emission line spectrum of a mercury lamp, far ultraviolet rays represented by an excimer laser, extreme ultraviolet rays (EUV light), X-rays, electron beams, and the like.
  • light means actinic rays or radiation.
  • “exposure” in this specification is not only exposure with a deep ultraviolet ray, an X-ray, EUV light, etc. typified by a mercury lamp or an excimer laser, but also drawing with a particle beam such as an electron beam or an ion beam. Are also included in the exposure.
  • (meth) acrylate represents both and / or acrylate and methacrylate
  • (meth) acryl represents both and / or acryl and “(meth) acryloyl” “Represents both and / or acryloyl and methacryloyl
  • “ (meth) allyl ” represents both and / or allyl and methallyl.
  • Me in the chemical formula represents a methyl group
  • Et represents an ethyl group
  • Pr represents a propyl group
  • Bu represents a butyl group
  • Ph represents a phenyl group.
  • a weight average molecular weight and a number average molecular weight are defined as a polystyrene conversion value in a gel permeation chromatography (GPC) measurement.
  • GPC gel permeation chromatography
  • the weight average molecular weight (Mw) and the number average molecular weight (Mn) are, for example, HLC-8220 (manufactured by Tosoh Corporation), and TSKgel Super AWM-H (manufactured by Tosoh Corporation, 6) as a column.
  • the pigment used in the present invention means an insoluble coloring compound that is difficult to dissolve in a solvent. Typically, it means a dye compound that exists in a dispersed state as particles in the composition.
  • an arbitrary solvent is mentioned with a solvent, For example, the solvent illustrated in the column of the solvent mentioned later is mentioned.
  • the pigment used in the present invention preferably has a solubility at 25 ° C. of 0.1 g / 100 g Solvent or less, for example, in any of propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate and water.
  • the coloring composition of the present invention is a coloring composition for forming an emission filter of a fluorescent sensor, and satisfies the following requirement (1) or (2).
  • the integrated intensity of fluorescence in the wavelength range of 600 to 700 nm when excited is excited by light having a wavelength of 534 nm of a cured film A having a thickness of 3.0 ⁇ m and containing 40% by mass of Color Index Pigment Red 254 in the total solid content.
  • the value divided by the integrated intensity of fluorescence in the wavelength range of 600 to 700 nm is 0.5 or less.
  • the cured film A contains 5% by mass of Color Index Pigment Red 254 having an average particle diameter of 50 nm, 1.5% by mass of a resin represented by Formula D-1, and 0% of a pigment derivative represented by Formula PZ-1. 0.075% by mass, 0.7% by mass of the polymerizable compound represented by Formula M-1, 4.925% by mass of the resin represented by Formula B-2, and represented by Formula I-1.
  • a composition containing 0.3% by mass of a photopolymerization initiator and the balance being propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate was applied on a glass substrate so that the film thickness after curing was 3.0 ⁇ m, After drying at 100 ° C., a cured film obtained by exposing the i-line with an exposure amount of 1000 mJ / cm 2 is preferable.
  • the weight average molecular weight of D-1 is 38000, and the numerical value written in each repeating unit (main chain) represents the content (mass ratio) of each repeating unit, and the numerical value written in the repeating part of the side chain. Indicates the number of repetitions of the repeating site.
  • the weight average molecular weight of B-2 is 12000, and the numerical value written together with each repeating unit (main chain) represents the content (mass ratio) of each repeating unit.
  • the present invention it is possible to form an emission filter having low fluorescence with respect to excitation light by using the colored composition of (1) or (2).
  • the color index pigment red 144 and the color index pigment red 166 have particularly low fluorescence with respect to the excitation light, and also have excellent heat resistance, and therefore lower fluorescence with respect to the excitation light.
  • an emission filter having excellent heat resistance can be formed.
  • the fluorescence sensor having the emission filter using the coloring composition of the present invention has a fluorescence attributed to the emission filter. The detection sensitivity is small and the detection sensitivity is excellent.
  • the coloring composition of the present invention contains a red pigment.
  • the red pigment is preferably a red pigment having an azo skeleton.
  • a compound having a structure represented by the formula R-1 is preferable.
  • R 1 to R 14 each independently represents a hydrogen atom or a halogen atom.
  • the halogen atom include a chlorine atom, a fluorine atom, and a bromine atom, and a chlorine atom is preferable.
  • At least two of R 1 to R 5 are preferably halogen atoms, and the rest are preferably hydrogen atoms.
  • R 1 to R 5 are halogen atoms, and the rest are hydrogen atoms.
  • R 1 and R 4 are preferably halogen atoms
  • R 2 , R 3 and R 5 are preferably hydrogen atoms.
  • At least two of R 10 to R 14 are preferably halogen atoms, and the rest are preferably hydrogen atoms. More preferably, two of R 10 to R 14 are halogen atoms, and the rest are hydrogen atoms.
  • R 10 and R 13 are halogen atoms
  • R 11 , R 12 and R 14 are hydrogen atoms.
  • R 6 to R 9 may all be hydrogen atoms, at least one of R 6 to R 9 may be a halogen atom, and the remaining may be a hydrogen atom.
  • R 7 is preferably a halogen atom, and the remainder is preferably a hydrogen atom or a halogen atom, and more preferably a hydrogen atom.
  • the red pigment is C.I. I. Pigment red 144, and C.I. I. It is preferable that at least one selected from Pigment Red 166 is included. C. I. Pigment red 144, and C.I. I. Since Pigment Red 166 has low fluorescence with respect to excitation light, an emission filter having low fluorescence with respect to excitation light can be formed.
  • the average particle size of the red pigment is preferably 5 to 1000 nm, more preferably 5 to 500 nm.
  • the upper limit is preferably 400 nm or less, more preferably 350 nm or less, and particularly preferably 300 nm or less. According to the study of the present inventors, it has been found that the red pigment tends to have low fluorescence with respect to excitation light by reducing the particle size of the red pigment. If the average particle diameter of the red pigment is within the above range, it is easy to form an emission filter having lower fluorescence with respect to excitation light.
  • the “average particle size” of the red pigment is an average particle size of secondary particles in which the primary particles of the red pigment are aggregated, and is a value measured by a method such as a dynamic light scattering method. is there.
  • the content of the red pigment is preferably 10 to 90% by mass with respect to the total solid content of the colored composition.
  • the lower limit is more preferably 20% by mass or more, and further preferably 30% by mass or more.
  • the upper limit is more preferably 80% by mass or less, and still more preferably 70% by mass or less.
  • the total content of CI Pigment Red 166 is preferably 50 to 100% by mass.
  • the lower limit is more preferably 60% by mass or more, still more preferably 70% by mass or more, and particularly preferably 80% by mass or more.
  • the red pigment is substantially C.I. I. Pigment red 144, and C.I. I.
  • the red pigment is substantially C.I. I. Pigment red 144, and C.I. I. Pigment Red 166 alone is the case where C.I. I. Pigment red 144 and C.I. I. Pigment Red 166 is preferably contained in a total of 99% by mass or more, and more preferably 99.9% by mass or more.
  • the following pigments can also be used as the red pigment.
  • the red pigment is C.I. I. Pigment red 144, and C.I. I.
  • the following pigments are C.I. I. Pigment red 144 and / or C.I. I. It can also be used in combination with Pigment Red 166.
  • the red pigment is preferably a fine and sized pigment.
  • Finer pigments are prepared by preparing a high-viscosity liquid composition together with a pigment, a water-soluble organic solvent, and water-soluble inorganic salts, and applying a stress using a wet pulverizer and grinding. Achieved.
  • Water-soluble organic solvents used in the pigment refinement process include methanol, ethanol, isopropanol, n-propanol, isobutanol, n-butanol, ethylene glycol, diethylene glycol, diethylene glycol monomethyl ether, diethylene glycol monoethyl ether, diethylene glycol monobutyl ether , Propylene glycol, propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate and the like.
  • the water solubility is low or other solvents that are not water soluble, such as benzene, toluene, xylene, ethylbenzene, chlorobenzene, Nitrobenzene, aniline, pyridine, quinoline, tetrahydrofuran, dioxane, ethyl acetate, isopropyl acetate, butyl acetate, hexane, heptane, octane, nonane, decane, undecane, dodecane, cyclohexane, methylcyclohexane, halogenated hydrocarbons, acetone, methyl ethyl ketone, methyl Isobutyl ketone, cyclohexanone, dimethylformamide, dimethyl sulfoxide, N-methylpyrrol
  • Examples of the water-soluble inorganic salt used in the pigment refining step include sodium chloride, potassium chloride, calcium chloride, barium chloride, sodium sulfate and the like.
  • the amount of the water-soluble inorganic salt used in the miniaturization step is preferably 1 to 50 times by mass of the pigment. A larger amount of the water-soluble inorganic salt has a grinding effect, but a more preferable amount is 1 to 10 times in terms of productivity. Moreover, it is preferable to use inorganic salts having a moisture content of 1% or less.
  • the amount of the water-soluble organic solvent used in the miniaturization step is preferably 50 to 300 parts by mass, more preferably 100 to 200 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the pigment.
  • the operating condition when the apparatus is a kneader is the rotational speed of the blade in the apparatus. Is preferably from 10 to 200 rpm, and a relatively large biaxial rotation ratio is preferable because of a high grinding effect.
  • the operation time is preferably 1 to 8 hours together with the dry grinding time, and the internal temperature of the apparatus is preferably 50 to 150 ° C.
  • the water-soluble inorganic salt as a grinding medium preferably has a grinding particle size of 5 to 50 ⁇ m, a sharp particle size distribution, and a spherical shape.
  • the coloring composition of the present invention may contain a chromatic colorant other than the red pigment.
  • Other chromatic colorants may be pigments or dyes. 1 type may be sufficient as another colorant, and 2 or more types may be sufficient as it.
  • Other chromatic colorants are preferably yellow pigments for the purpose of reducing the transmittance at a wavelength of 300 to 400 nm. The yellow pigment is not particularly limited as long as it is commercially available.
  • the chromatic colorant means a colorant other than the white colorant and the black colorant.
  • the chromatic colorant is preferably a colorant having a maximum absorption wavelength in the wavelength range of 400 to 700 nm.
  • “having a maximum absorption wavelength in the wavelength range of 400 to 700 nm” means having a wavelength exhibiting the maximum absorbance in the wavelength range of 400 to 700 nm in the absorption spectrum.
  • the absorption spectrum in the wavelength range of 350 to 1300 nm has a wavelength exhibiting the maximum absorbance in the wavelength range of 400 to 700 nm.
  • pigments include various conventionally known pigments.
  • the average particle size of the pigment is 0.01 to 0.00. 1 ⁇ m is preferable, and 0.01 to 0.05 ⁇ m is more preferable.
  • Examples of the dye include, for example, JP-A No. 64-90403, JP-A No. 64-91102, JP-A No. 1-94301, JP-A No. 6-11614, No. 2592207, and US Pat. No. 4,808,501. No. 5,667,920, U.S. Pat. No. 505950, JP-A-5-333207, JP-A-6-35183, JP-A-6-51115, JP-A-6-194828, etc. Can be used.
  • pyrazole azo compounds When classified as chemical structures, pyrazole azo compounds, pyromethene compounds, anilinoazo compounds, triarylmethane compounds, anthraquinone compounds, benzylidene compounds, oxonol compounds, pyrazolotriazole azo compounds, pyridone azo compounds, cyanine compounds, phenothiazine compounds, pyrrolopyrazole azomethine compounds, etc. Can be used.
  • a dye multimer may be used as the dye. Examples of the dye multimer include compounds described in JP2011-213925A and JP2013-041097A.
  • the content of the other chromatic colorant with respect to the total solid content in the colored composition is preferably 1 to 60% by mass.
  • the lower limit is more preferably 5% by mass or more, and still more preferably 10% by mass or more.
  • the upper limit is more preferably 50% by mass or less.
  • the coloring composition of the present invention contains a resin.
  • the resin is blended, for example, for the purpose of dispersing the pigment in the composition or the purpose of the binder.
  • the resin mainly used for dispersing the pigment is also referred to as a dispersant.
  • such use of the resin is merely an example, and the resin can be used for other purposes.
  • the weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the resin is preferably 2,000 to 2,000,000.
  • the upper limit is preferably 1,000,000 or less, and more preferably 500,000 or less.
  • the lower limit is preferably 3,000 or more, and more preferably 5,000 or more.
  • the resin content is preferably 1 to 80% by mass of the total solid content of the coloring composition.
  • the lower limit is preferably 5% by mass or more, and more preferably 10% by mass or more.
  • the upper limit is preferably 70% by mass or less, and more preferably 60% by mass or less.
  • the colored composition of the present invention may contain only one type of resin, or may contain two or more types of resins. When two or more types are included, the total amount is preferably within the above range.
  • the coloring composition of the present invention can contain a dispersant as a resin.
  • the dispersant is preferably a resin having at least one selected from an acid group and a basic group, and more preferably a resin having an acid group.
  • the acid group that the resin has include a carboxy group, a phosphoric acid group, a sulfonic acid group, and a phenolic hydroxyl group.
  • Examples of basic groups possessed by the resin include amino groups.
  • resin which does not have an acid group and a basic group can also be used as a dispersing agent.
  • the acid value of the resin is preferably 30 to 300 mgKOH / g.
  • the lower limit is more preferably 30 mgKOH / g or more, still more preferably 40 mgKOH / g or more, and even more preferably 50 mgKOH / g or more.
  • the upper limit is more preferably 300 mgKOH / g or less, still more preferably 200 mgKOH / g or less.
  • the resin preferably contains a graft copolymer.
  • the graft polymer can be preferably used as a dispersant for a red pigment.
  • the graft copolymer means a resin having a graft chain. The graft chain means from the base of the main chain of the polymer to the end of the group branched from the main chain.
  • a resin having a graft chain in which the number of atoms excluding hydrogen atoms is in the range of 40 to 10,000 is preferable. Further, the number of atoms excluding hydrogen atoms per graft chain is preferably 40 to 10,000, more preferably 50 to 2000, and still more preferably 60 to 500.
  • Examples of the main chain structure of the graft copolymer include (meth) acrylic resin, polyester resin, polyurethane resin, polyurea resin, polyamide resin, and polyether resin. Of these, a (meth) acrylic resin is preferable.
  • the graft chain of the graft copolymer is a graft chain having poly (meth) acrylic, polyester, or polyether in order to improve the interaction between the graft site and the solvent and thereby increase dispersibility. Is preferable, and a graft chain having polyester or polyether is more preferable.
  • the weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the graft copolymer is preferably from 5,000 to 100,000, more preferably from 10,000 to 50,000, still more preferably from 10,000 to 30,000.
  • the number average molecular weight (Mn) of the graft copolymer is preferably 2500 to 50000, more preferably 5000 to 30000, and still more preferably 5000 to 15000.
  • a known macromonomer can be used, which is a macromonomer AA-6 (polymethacrylic group whose terminal group is a methacryloyl group) manufactured by Toagosei Co., Ltd.
  • Acid-6 AS-6 (polystyrene whose terminal group is a methacryloyl group), AN-6S (a copolymer of styrene and acrylonitrile whose terminal group is a methacryloyl group), AB-6 (polyester whose terminal group is a methacryloyl group) Butyl acrylate), PLACEL FM5 manufactured by Daicel Corporation (2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate with 5 molar equivalents of ⁇ -caprolactone), FA10L (2-hydroxyethyl acrylate with 10 molar equivalents of ⁇ -caprolactone), And a polyester-based macro described in JP-A-2-272009 And monomers.
  • a graft copolymer containing a repeating unit represented by any of the following formulas (1) to (4) can also be used.
  • W 1 , W 2 , W 3 , and W 4 each independently represent an oxygen atom or NH
  • X 1 , X 2 , X 3 , X 4 , and X 5 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group
  • Y 1 , Y 2 , Y 3 , and Y 4 each independently represent a divalent linking group
  • Z 1 , Z 2 , Z 3 , and Z 4 each independently represent a monovalent organic group
  • R 3 represents an alkylene group
  • R 4 represents a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group
  • n, m, p, and q each independently represents an integer of 1 to 500
  • j and k each independently represents an integer of 2 to 8
  • p is 2 to 500
  • a plurality of R 3 may be the same or different from each other
  • q is 2 to 500
  • a plurality of X 5 and R 4 may be the same or different from each other.
  • W 1 , W 2 , W 3 , and W 4 each independently represent an oxygen atom or NH.
  • W 1 , W 2 , W 3 , and W 4 are preferably oxygen atoms.
  • X 1 , X 2 , X 3 , X 4 , and X 5 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group.
  • X 1 , X 2 , X 3 , X 4 , and X 5 are each independently preferably a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms from the viewpoint of synthesis constraints. Further, a hydrogen atom or a methyl group is more preferable, and a methyl group is particularly preferable.
  • Y 1 , Y 2 , Y 3 , and Y 4 each independently represent a divalent linking group, and the linking group is not particularly limited in structure.
  • Specific examples of the divalent linking group represented by Y 1 , Y 2 , Y 3 , and Y 4 include the following (Y-1) to (Y-21) linking groups. .
  • a and B represent binding sites with the left end group and the right end group in Formulas (1) to (4), respectively.
  • Z 1 , Z 2 , Z 3 , and Z 4 each independently represent a monovalent organic group.
  • the structure of the monovalent organic group is not particularly limited. Specifically, an alkyl group, a hydroxyl group, an alkoxy group, an aryloxy group, a heteroaryloxy group, an alkylthioether group, an arylthioether group, a heteroarylthioether group, and An amino group etc. are mentioned.
  • the organic group represented by Z 1 , Z 2 , Z 3 , and Z 4 those having a steric repulsion effect are particularly preferable from the viewpoint of improving dispersibility, and each independently has 5 to 24 carbon atoms.
  • a branched alkyl group having 5 to 24 carbon atoms, a cyclic alkyl group having 5 to 24 carbon atoms, or an alkoxy group having 5 to 24 carbon atoms is particularly preferable.
  • the alkyl group contained in the alkoxy group may be linear, branched or cyclic.
  • n, m, p, and q are each independently an integer of 1 to 500.
  • j and k each independently represent an integer of 2 to 8.
  • J and k in the formulas (1) and (2) are preferably integers of 4 to 6 and most preferably 5 from the viewpoints of dispersion stability and developability.
  • R 3 represents an alkylene group, preferably an alkylene group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, and more preferably an alkylene group having 2 or 3 carbon atoms.
  • p is 2 to 500, a plurality of R 3 may be the same or different from each other.
  • R 4 represents a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group.
  • the monovalent organic group is not particularly limited in terms of structure.
  • R 4 preferably includes a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group, and a heteroaryl group, and more preferably a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group.
  • R 4 is an alkyl group, a linear alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, a branched alkyl group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms, or a cyclic alkyl group having 5 to 20 carbon atoms is preferable.
  • a chain alkyl group is more preferable, and a linear alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms is particularly preferable.
  • q is 2 to 500
  • a plurality of X 5 and R 4 present in the graft copolymer may be the same or different from each other.
  • the graft polymer preferably contains at least one selected from a repeating unit represented by the following formula (1A) and a repeating unit represented by the following formula (2A) from the viewpoints of dispersion stability and developability. .
  • X 1, Y 1, Z 1 and n are as defined X 1, Y 1, Z 1 and n in Formula (1), and preferred ranges are also the same.
  • X 2, Y 2, Z 2 and m are as defined X 2, Y 2, Z 2 and m in the formula (2), and preferred ranges are also the same.
  • the graft polymer preferably contains a repeating unit having an acid group in addition to the repeating unit represented by the above formulas (1) to (4).
  • the acid group include a carboxy group, a sulfonic acid group, a phosphoric acid group, and a phenolic hydroxyl group, and a carboxy group and a phenolic hydroxyl group are preferable.
  • the content of the repeating unit having an acid group is preferably 5 to 95% by mass and more preferably 10 to 95% by mass with respect to the total mass of the graft resin.
  • the graft polymer may further have a repeating unit having a functional group capable of interacting with the pigment other than the graft chain and the acid group.
  • the above-mentioned repeating unit having a functional group is not particularly limited in terms of structure, and examples thereof include a repeating unit having a basic group, a repeating unit having a coordinating group, and a repeating unit having a reactive group.
  • Examples of the basic group include a primary amino group, a secondary amino group, a tertiary amino group, a heterocyclic ring containing an N atom, and an amide group.
  • Examples of the coordinating group and the reactive group include acetylacetoxy group, trialkoxysilyl group, isocyanate group, acid anhydride residue, acid chloride residue and the like.
  • the graft polymer may or may not contain the above-mentioned repeating unit having a functional group. The amount is preferably 0.1 to 50% by mass, more preferably 0.1 to 30% by mass, based on the total mass of the graft resin.
  • the graft polymer preferably has a hydrophobic repeating unit in addition to the repeating units represented by the above formulas (1) to (4).
  • the hydrophobic repeating unit is preferably a repeating unit derived from (corresponding to) a compound (monomer) having a ClogP value of 1.2 or more, more preferably derived from a compound having a ClogP value of 1.2 to 8. It is a repeating unit.
  • ClogP values can be obtained from Daylight Chemical Information System, Inc. It is a value calculated by the program “CLOGP” available from This program provides the value of “computation logP” calculated by Hansch, Leo's fragment approach (see below). The fragment approach is based on the chemical structure of a compound, which divides the chemical structure into substructures (fragments) and estimates the logP value of the compound by summing the logP contributions assigned to that fragment. Details thereof are described in the following documents. In the present invention, the ClogP value calculated by the program CLOGP v4.82 is used. A. J. et al. Leo, Comprehensive Medicinal Chemistry, Vol. 4, C.I. Hansch, P.A. G. Sammes, J.M. B. Taylor and C.M.
  • logP means the common logarithm of the partition coefficient P (Partition Coefficient), and quantitatively determines how an organic compound is distributed in the equilibrium of a two-phase system of oil (generally 1-octanol) and water. It is a physical property value expressed as a numerical value, and is represented by the following formula.
  • logP log (Coil / Cwater)
  • Coil represents the molar concentration of the compound in the oil phase
  • Cwater represents the molar concentration of the compound in the aqueous phase.
  • the graft copolymer preferably has one or more types of repeating units selected from repeating units derived from monomers represented by the following formulas (i) to (iii) as hydrophobic repeating units.
  • R 1 , R 2 , and R 3 each independently represents a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom (eg, fluorine, chlorine, bromine, etc.), or a carbon atom number of 1 to 6
  • An alkyl group (for example, a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, etc.).
  • R 1 , R 2 , and R 3 are more preferably a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, and most preferably a hydrogen atom or a methyl group.
  • R 2 and R 3 are particularly preferably a hydrogen atom.
  • X represents an oxygen atom (—O—) or an imino group (—NH—), and is preferably an oxygen atom.
  • L is a single bond or a divalent linking group.
  • a divalent aliphatic group for example, alkylene group, substituted alkylene group, alkenylene group, substituted alkenylene group, alkynylene group, substituted alkynylene group
  • divalent aromatic group for example, arylene group
  • Substituted arylene group divalent heterocyclic group, oxygen atom (—O—), sulfur atom (—S—), imino group (—NH—), substituted imino group (—NR 31 —, where R 31 Are aliphatic groups, aromatic groups or heterocyclic groups), carbonyl groups (—CO—), or combinations thereof.
  • L is preferably a single bond, an alkylene group or a divalent linking group containing an oxyalkylene structure.
  • the oxyalkylene structure is more preferably an oxyethylene structure or an oxypropylene structure.
  • L may contain a polyoxyalkylene structure containing two or more oxyalkylene structures.
  • the polyoxyalkylene structure is preferably a polyoxyethylene structure or a polyoxypropylene structure.
  • the polyoxyethylene structure is represented by — (OCH 2 CH 2 ) n —, and n is preferably an integer of 2 or more, and more preferably an integer of 2 to 10.
  • Z is an aliphatic group (eg, alkyl group, substituted alkyl group, unsaturated alkyl group, substituted unsaturated alkyl group), aromatic group (eg, aryl group, substituted aryl group), heterocyclic group, oxygen atom (—O—), sulfur atom (—S—), imino group (—NH—), substituted imino group (—NR 31 —, wherein R 31 is an aliphatic group, aromatic group or heterocyclic group), carbonyl And a group (—CO—) or a combination thereof.
  • the aliphatic group may have a cyclic structure or a branched structure.
  • the number of carbon atoms in the aliphatic group is preferably 1-20, more preferably 1-15, still more preferably 1-10.
  • the aliphatic group further includes a ring assembly hydrocarbon group and a bridged cyclic hydrocarbon group. Examples of the ring assembly hydrocarbon group include a bicyclohexyl group, a perhydronaphthalenyl group, a biphenyl group, and 4-cyclohexyl. A phenyl group and the like are included.
  • bridged cyclic hydrocarbon ring for example, bicyclic such as pinane, bornane, norpinane, norbornane, bicyclooctane ring (bicyclo [2.2.2] octane ring, bicyclo [3.2.1] octane ring, etc.) Hydrocarbon ring, homobredan, adamantane, tricyclo [5.2.1.0 2,6 ] decane, tricyclic hydrocarbon ring such as tricyclo [4.3.1.1 2,5 ] undecane ring, tetracyclo [4 .4.0.1 2,5 .
  • the bridged cyclic hydrocarbon ring includes a condensed cyclic hydrocarbon ring such as perhydronaphthalene (decalin), perhydroanthracene, perhydrophenanthrene, perhydroacenaphthene, perhydrofluorene, perhydroindene, perhydroindene.
  • a condensed ring formed by condensing a plurality of 5- to 8-membered cycloalkane rings such as a phenalene ring is also included.
  • the aliphatic group is preferably a saturated aliphatic group rather than an unsaturated aliphatic group. Further, the aliphatic group may have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include a halogen atom, an aromatic group, and a heterocyclic group. However, the aliphatic group represented by Z does not have an acid group as a substituent.
  • the number of carbon atoms in the aromatic group is preferably 6 to 20, more preferably 6 to 15, and still more preferably 6 to 10.
  • the aromatic group may have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include a halogen atom, an aliphatic group, an aromatic group, and a heterocyclic group. However, the aromatic group represented by Z does not have an acid group as a substituent.
  • the heterocyclic group preferably has a 5-membered or 6-membered ring as the heterocycle. Another heterocyclic ring, an aliphatic ring or an aromatic ring may be condensed with the heterocyclic ring. Moreover, the heterocyclic group may have a substituent. Examples of substituents include halogen atoms, hydroxy groups, oxo groups ( ⁇ O), thioxo groups ( ⁇ S), imino groups ( ⁇ NH), substituted imino groups ( ⁇ N—R 32 , where R 32 is a fatty acid Aromatic group, aromatic group or heterocyclic group), aliphatic group, aromatic group and heterocyclic group. However, the heterocyclic group represented by Z does not have an acid group as a substituent.
  • R 4 , R 5 , and R 6 are each independently a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom (eg, fluorine, chlorine, bromine, etc.), or an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms ( For example, it represents a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, etc.), Z, or -LZ.
  • L and Z are as defined above.
  • R 4 , R 5 and R 6 are preferably a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, more preferably a hydrogen atom.
  • Examples of typical compounds represented by formulas (i) to (iii) include radically polymerizable compounds selected from acrylic acid esters, methacrylic acid esters, styrenes, and the like.
  • the compounds represented by formulas (i) to (iii) the compounds described in paragraph numbers 0089 to 0093 of JP2013-249417A can be referred to, and the contents thereof are incorporated in the present specification. It is.
  • graft copolymer examples include the following. Further, resins described in JP-A-2012-255128, paragraphs 0072 to 0094 can be used.
  • the dispersant (resin) is also available as a commercial product, and specific examples thereof include “Disperbyk-101 (polyamideamine phosphate), 107 (carboxylic acid ester), 110, 111 (acid) manufactured by BYK Chemie.
  • DA-705, DA-725 “ Demol RN, N (Naphthalenesulfonic acid formalin polycondensate), MS, C, SN-B (aromatic sulfonic acid formalin polycondensate) ”manufactured by Kao Corporation,“ Homogenol L- 18 (polymer polycarboxylic acid) "," Emulgen 920, 930, 935, 985 ( "Reoxyethylene nonylphenyl ether)", “Acetamine 86 (stearylamine acetate)”, “Solsperse 5000 (phthalocyanine derivative), 22000 (azo pigment derivative), 13240 (polyesteramine), 3000, 17000” manufactured by Nippon Lubrizol Co., Ltd.
  • EFKA-46, EFKA-47, EFKA-47EA, EFKA Polymer 100, EFK” A polymer 400, EFKA polymer 401, EFKA polymer 450 "," Disperse Aid 6, Disperse Aid 8, Disperse Aid 15, Disperse Aid 9100 “manufactured by Sannopco Corporation,” Adeka Pluronic L31, manufactured by ADEKA Corporation " F38, L42, L44, L61, L64, F68, L72, P95, F77, P84, F87, P94, L101, P103, F108, L121, P-123 ”, and“ Ionet S-20 ”manufactured by Sanyo Chemical Co., Ltd. Etc.
  • resins may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • a resin a (meth) acrylic acid copolymer, an itaconic acid copolymer, a crotonic acid copolymer, a maleic acid copolymer, a partially esterified maleic acid copolymer, etc., and a carboxylic acid in the side chain
  • a resin having an acid group such as an acid cellulose derivative or a resin obtained by adding an acid anhydride to a polymer having a hydroxyl group can also be used.
  • N-substituted maleimide monomer copolymers described in JP-A-10-300922 and ether dimer copolymers described in JP-A-2004-300204 can also be preferably used as the resin.
  • the resin may be a polymer having a carboxy group in the side chain.
  • These polymers may be used as a dispersant or a binder.
  • a polymer having a carboxy group in the side chain methacrylic acid copolymer, acrylic acid copolymer, itaconic acid copolymer, crotonic acid copolymer, maleic acid copolymer, partially esterified maleic acid copolymer, Examples include alkali-soluble phenolic resins such as novolak type resins, acidic cellulose derivatives having a carboxy group in the side chain, and polymers having a hydroxy group added with an acid anhydride.
  • a copolymer of (meth) acrylic acid and another monomer copolymerizable therewith is preferable.
  • examples of other monomers copolymerizable with (meth) acrylic acid include alkyl (meth) acrylates, aryl (meth) acrylates, and vinyl compounds.
  • alkyl (meth) acrylate and aryl (meth) acrylate methyl (meth) acrylate, ethyl (meth) acrylate, propyl (meth) acrylate, butyl (meth) acrylate, isobutyl (meth) acrylate, pentyl (meth) acrylate,
  • vinyl compounds such as hexyl (meth) acrylate, octyl (meth) acrylate, phenyl (meth) acrylate, benzyl (meth) acrylate, tolyl (meth) acrylate, naphthyl (meth) acrylate, cyclohexyl (meth) acrylate, styrene, ⁇ -methylstyrene, vinyltoluene, glycidyl methacrylate, acrylonitrile, vinyl acetate, N-vinylpyrrolidone, tetrahydrofurfury
  • Other monomers include N-substituted maleimide monomers (for example, N-phenylmaleimide, N-cyclohexylmaleimide, etc.) described in JP-A-10-300922.
  • N-substituted maleimide monomers for example, N-phenylmaleimide, N-cyclohexylmaleimide, etc.
  • only 1 type may be sufficient as the other monomer copolymerizable with these (meth) acrylic acids, and 2 or more types may be sufficient as it.
  • the resin includes benzyl (meth) acrylate / (meth) acrylic acid copolymer, benzyl (meth) acrylate / (meth) acrylic acid / 2-hydroxyethyl (meth) acrylate copolymer, benzyl (meth)
  • a multi-component copolymer comprising acrylate / (meth) acrylic acid / other monomers can be preferably used.
  • the resin may be a compound represented by the following formula (ED1) and / or a compound represented by the general formula (1) of JP 2010-168539 A (hereinafter, these compounds may be referred to as “ether dimers”). It is also preferable to include a polymer (a) obtained by polymerizing a monomer component including
  • R 1 and R 2 each independently represents a hydrogen atom or a hydrocarbon group having 1 to 25 carbon atoms which may have a substituent.
  • the hydrocarbon group having 1 to 25 carbon atoms which may have a substituent represented by R 1 and R 2 is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include methyl, ethyl, n- Linear or branched alkyl groups such as propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, isobutyl, tert-butyl, tert-amyl, stearyl, lauryl, 2-ethylhexyl; aryl groups such as phenyl; cyclohexyl, tert-butylcyclohexyl, dicyclo Alicyclic groups such as pentadienyl, tricyclodecanyl, isobornyl, adamantyl, 2-methyl-2-adamantyl; alkyl groups substituted with alk
  • ether dimer for example, paragraph number 0317 of JP2013-29760A can be referred to, and the contents thereof are incorporated in the present specification. Only one type of ether dimer may be used, or two or more types may be used.
  • the resin may contain a repeating unit derived from a compound represented by the following formula (X).
  • R 1 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group
  • R 2 represents an alkylene group having 2 to 10 carbon atoms
  • R 3 represents a hydrogen atom or 1 to 20 carbon atoms that may contain a benzene ring.
  • n represents an integer of 1 to 15.
  • the alkylene group of R 2 preferably has 2 to 3 carbon atoms.
  • the alkyl group of R 3 has 1 to 20 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 10, and the alkyl group of R 3 may contain a benzene ring.
  • Examples of the alkyl group containing a benzene ring represented by R 3 include a benzyl group and a 2-phenyl (iso) propyl group.
  • the resin can be referred to the description in paragraph numbers 0558 to 0571 of JP2012-208494A (paragraph numbers 0685 to 0700 in the corresponding US Patent Application Publication No. 2012/0235099), and the contents thereof are described in this specification. Incorporated into. Further, the copolymer (B) described in paragraph Nos.
  • a resin having a polymerizable group may be used as the resin.
  • the content of the resin having a polymerizable group is preferably 1 to 80% by mass of the total solid content of the coloring composition, and the lower limit is preferably 2% by mass or more, and more preferably 3% by mass or more.
  • the upper limit is preferably 70% by mass or less, and more preferably 60% by mass or less.
  • the weight average molecular weight of the resin having a polymerizable group is preferably 2,000 to 2,000,000.
  • the upper limit is preferably 1,000,000 or less, and more preferably 500,000 or less.
  • the lower limit is preferably 3,000 or more, and more preferably 5,000 or more.
  • the resin having a polymerizable group is preferably a polymer having a radical polymerizable group in the side chain.
  • the resin having a polymerizable group preferably contains a repeating unit having a radically polymerizable group in the side chain, and more preferably a polymer having a repeating unit represented by the formula (1).
  • R 1 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group
  • L 1 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group
  • P 1 represents a radical polymerizable group.
  • the alkyl group represented by R 1 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, and more preferably a methyl group.
  • R 1 is preferably a hydrogen atom or a methyl group.
  • L 1 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group.
  • the divalent linking group is selected from an alkylene group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms, an arylene group having 6 to 12 carbon atoms, and —CO—, —OCO—, —O—, —NH—, and —SO 2 —. And a group formed by combining one kind thereof.
  • the alkylene group and the arylene group may have a substituent or may be unsubstituted. Examples of the substituent include a halogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group, a hydroxy group, a carboxy group, an alkoxy group, and an aryloxy group. A hydroxy group is preferred.
  • P 1 represents a radical polymerizable group.
  • the radically polymerizable group include groups having an ethylenically unsaturated bond such as a vinyl group, a (meth) allyl group, and a (meth) acryloyl group.
  • the content of the repeating unit having a radical polymerizable group in the side chain is preferably 5 to 100% by mass of the total repeating unit.
  • the lower limit is more preferably 10% by mass or more, and still more preferably 15% by mass or more.
  • the upper limit is more preferably 95% by mass or less, and still more preferably 90% by mass or less.
  • the resin having a polymerizable group may contain other repeating units in addition to the repeating unit represented by the above formula (1).
  • Other repeating units may contain a functional group such as an acid group. It does not have to contain a functional group.
  • Examples of the acid group include a carboxy group, a sulfonic acid group, and a phosphoric acid group. Only one type of acid group may be included, or two or more types of acid groups may be included.
  • the ratio of the repeating unit having an acid group is preferably 0 to 50% by mass of all repeating units constituting the resin.
  • the lower limit is more preferably 1% by mass or more, and still more preferably 3% by mass or more.
  • the upper limit is more preferably 35% by mass or less, and still more preferably 30% by mass or less.
  • Other functional groups include development promoting groups such as lactones, acid anhydrides, amides, cyano groups, long chain and cyclic alkyl groups, aralkyl groups, aryl groups, polyalkylene oxide groups, hydroxy groups, maleimide groups, amino groups, etc. Can be introduced as appropriate.
  • the repeating unit derived from the ether dimer mentioned above, the repeating unit derived from the compound shown by Formula (X) demonstrated with the resin mentioned above, etc. may be included.
  • Examples of commercially available resins having a polymerizable property include DYNAR NR series (manufactured by Mitsubishi Rayon Co., Ltd.), Photomer 6173 (COOH-containing polyurethane acrylic oligomer. Diamond Shamrock Co., Ltd.), Biscoat R-264, KS resist 106 (KS resist 106). All are manufactured by Osaka Organic Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.), Cyclomer P series (for example, ACA230AA), Plaxel CF200 series (all manufactured by Daicel Corporation), Ebecryl 3800 (manufactured by Daicel UCB Corporation), Acrycure RD-F8 ( Nippon Shokubai Co., Ltd.).
  • the coloring composition of the present invention contains a polymerizable compound.
  • a polymerizable compound a known compound that can be cross-linked by a radical can be used.
  • the compound (radically polymerizable compound) which has radically polymerizable groups such as group which has an ethylenically unsaturated bond, is mentioned.
  • the group having an ethylenically unsaturated bond include a vinyl group, a (meth) allyl group, and a (meth) acryloyl group, and a (meth) allyl group and a (meth) acryloyl group are preferable.
  • the polymerizable compound may be in a chemical form such as a monomer, a prepolymer, that is, a dimer, a trimer and an oligomer, or a mixture thereof and a multimer thereof. Monomers are preferred.
  • the monomer type polymerizable compound (polymerizable monomer) preferably has a molecular weight of 100 to 3,000.
  • the upper limit is preferably 2000 or less, and more preferably 1500 or less.
  • the lower limit is preferably 150 or more, and more preferably 250 or more.
  • the content of the polymerizable compound is preferably 1 to 80% by mass of the total solid content of the coloring composition, and the lower limit is preferably 5% by mass or more, and more preferably 10% by mass or more.
  • the upper limit is preferably 70% by mass or less, and more preferably 60% by mass or less.
  • the content of the polymerizable monomer is preferably 1 to 80% by mass of the total solid content of the coloring composition, and the lower limit is preferably 2% by mass or more, and more preferably 3% by mass or more.
  • the upper limit is preferably 70% by mass or less, more preferably 60% by mass or less, and still more preferably 50% by mass or less.
  • the coloring composition of this invention may contain only 1 type of polymeric compounds, and may contain 2 or more types. When two or more types are included, the total amount is preferably within the above range.
  • the polymerizable monomer is preferably a compound having 3 or more radical polymerizable groups, more preferably a compound having 3 to 15 or more radical polymerizable groups, and a compound having 3 to 6 or more radical polymerizable groups. Is more preferable. Specific examples of these compounds include paragraph numbers [0095] to [0108] of JP-A-2009-288705, paragraph number 0227 of JP-A-2013-29760, and paragraph number 0254 of JP-A-2008-292970. Can be referred to, the contents of which are incorporated herein.
  • the polymerizable monomer is preferably a compound having an alkyleneoxy group, and more preferably a compound having a chain (alkyleneoxy chain) containing two or more alkyleneoxy groups as repeating units.
  • the number of repeating units of the alkyleneoxy group is preferably 2 to 30, more preferably 2 to 20, and still more preferably 2 to 10.
  • the number of carbon atoms of the alkyleneoxy group is preferably 2 or more, more preferably 2 to 10, still more preferably 2 to 4, and particularly preferably 2. That is, an alkyleneoxy chain, particularly preferably an ethyleneoxy group, is preferably represented by “— ((CH 2 ) a —O) b —”.
  • a is preferably 2 or more, more preferably 2 to 10, more preferably 2 to 4, and particularly preferably 2.
  • b is preferably 2 to 30, more preferably 2 to 20, and still more preferably 2 to 10.
  • the polymerizable compound having an alkyleneoxy group for example, at least one selected from the group of compounds represented by the following formula (Z-4) or (Z-5) can also be used.
  • each E independently represents — ((CH 2 ) y CH 2 O) — or — ((CH 2 ) y CH (CH 3 ) O) —.
  • Each represents independently an integer of 0 to 10
  • each X independently represents an acryloyl group, a methacryloyl group, a hydrogen atom, or a carboxy group.
  • the total of acryloyl group and methacryloyl group is 3 or 4
  • each m independently represents an integer of 0 to 10
  • at least one of m represents an integer of 1 to 10
  • the total of each m is an integer of 1 to 40.
  • the total number of acryloyl groups and methacryloyl groups is 5 or 6, each n independently represents an integer of 0 to 10, and at least one of n represents an integer of 1 to 10 The total of each n is an integer of 1 to 60.
  • m is preferably an integer of 0 to 6, and more preferably an integer of 0 to 4.
  • the total of each m is preferably an integer of 2 to 40, more preferably an integer of 2 to 16, and particularly preferably an integer of 4 to 8.
  • n is preferably an integer of 0 to 6, and more preferably an integer of 0 to 4.
  • the total of each n is preferably an integer of 3 to 60, more preferably an integer of 3 to 24, and particularly preferably an integer of 6 to 12.
  • — ((CH 2 ) y CH 2 O) — or — ((CH 2 ) y CH (CH 3 ) O) — represents the oxygen atom side.
  • a form in which the terminal of X is bonded to X is preferred.
  • the compounds represented by formula (Z-4) or formula (Z-5) may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • a form in which all six Xs are acryloyl groups is preferable.
  • the compound represented by the formula (Z-4) or the formula (Z-5) is a conventionally known process, which is a pentaerythritol or dipentaerythritol by a ring-opening addition reaction with ethylene oxide or propylene oxide. It can be synthesized from a step of bonding a ring-opening skeleton and a step of introducing a (meth) acryloyl group by reacting, for example, (meth) acryloyl chloride with a terminal hydroxyl group of the ring-opening skeleton. Each step is a well-known step, and a person skilled in the art can easily synthesize a compound represented by formula (Z-4) or formula (Z-5).
  • a pentaerythritol derivative and / or a dipentaerythritol derivative are more preferable.
  • M-2 is a mixture of the compound of the left formula and the compound of the right formula in a mass ratio of 7: 3.
  • Examples of commercially available polymerizable compounds having an alkyleneoxy group include SR-494, which is a tetrafunctional acrylate having four ethyleneoxy groups manufactured by Sartomer, and six pentyleneoxy groups manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd. DPCA-60, which is a hexafunctional acrylate, and TPA-330, which is a trifunctional acrylate having three isobutyleneoxy groups.
  • dipentaerythritol triacrylate (KAYARAD D-330 as a commercial product; manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.), dipentaerythritol tetraacrylate (as a commercial product, KAYARAD D-320; Nippon Kayaku) Co., Ltd.), dipentaerythritol penta (meth) acrylate (as a commercial product, KAYARAD D-310; manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.), dipentaerythritol hexa (meth) acrylate (as a commercial product, KAYARAD DPHA; Nippon Kayaku) Co., Ltd., A-DPH-12E; Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.), and structures in which these (meth) acryloyl groups are bonded via ethylene glycol and propylene glycol residues (for example, from Sartomer)
  • KAYARAD D-330 as a commercial product; manufactured by
  • oligomer types can also be used.
  • KAYARAD RP-1040, DPCA-20 (manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.), NK ester A-TMMT (pentaerythritol tetraacrylate, manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.), etc. can be used.
  • the polymerizable compound may have an acid group such as a carboxy group, a sulfonic acid group, or a phosphoric acid group.
  • an acid group such as a carboxy group, a sulfonic acid group, or a phosphoric acid group.
  • Examples of commercially available products include M-305, M-510, and M-520 manufactured by Toagosei Co., Ltd.
  • the preferred acid value of the polymerizable compound having an acid group is 0.1 to 40 mgKOH / g, particularly preferably 5 to 30 mgKOH / g. If the acid value of the polymerizable compound is 0.1 mgKOH / g or more, the development and dissolution characteristics are good, and if it is 40 mgKOH / g or less, it is advantageous in production and handling. Furthermore, the photopolymerization performance is good and the curability is excellent.
  • the polymerizable compound is also preferably a compound having a caprolactone structure.
  • examples of the polymerizable compound having a caprolactone structure are commercially available from Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd. as the KAYARAD DPCA series, and examples thereof include DPCA-20, DPCA-30, DPCA-60, DPCA-120 and the like.
  • Polymerizable compounds include urethane acrylates such as those described in JP-B-48-41708, JP-A-51-37193, JP-B-2-32293, and JP-B-2-16765.
  • Urethane compounds having an ethylene oxide skeleton described in JP-B-58-49860, JP-B-56-17654, JP-B-62-39417, and JP-B-62-39418 are also suitable.
  • addition polymerizable compounds having an amino structure or a sulfide structure in the molecule described in JP-A-63-277653, JP-A-63-260909, and JP-A-1-105238 are used.
  • a colored composition having an extremely excellent photosensitive speed can be obtained.
  • urethane oligomers UAS-10, UAB-140 (manufactured by Sanyo Kokusaku Pulp Co., Ltd.), UA-7200 (manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.), DPHA-40H (manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.), UA-306H UA-306T, UA-306I, AH-600, T-600, AI-600 (manufactured by Kyoeisha Chemical Co., Ltd.) and the like.
  • the coloring composition of the present invention preferably contains a photopolymerization initiator.
  • the photopolymerization initiator is not particularly limited as long as it has the ability to initiate polymerization of the polymerizable compound, and can be appropriately selected from known photopolymerization initiators. For example, those having photosensitivity to light in the ultraviolet region to the visible region are preferable.
  • the photopolymerization initiator is preferably a photoradical polymerization initiator.
  • the photopolymerization initiator preferably contains at least one compound having a molar extinction coefficient of at least about 50 within a range of about 300 nm to 800 nm (more preferably 330 nm to 500 nm).
  • the photopolymerization initiator examples include halogenated hydrocarbon derivatives (eg, those having a triazine skeleton, those having an oxadiazole skeleton), acylphosphine compounds such as acylphosphine oxide, hexaarylbiimidazoles, oxime derivatives, etc. Oxime compounds, organic peroxides, thio compounds, ketone compounds, aromatic onium salts, ketoxime ethers, aminoacetophenone compounds, hydroxyacetophenones, and the like.
  • halogenated hydrocarbon compound having a triazine skeleton examples include those described in Wakabayashi et al., Bull. Chem. Soc.
  • trihalomethyltriazine compounds trihalomethyltriazine compounds, benzyldimethylketal compounds, ⁇ -hydroxyketone compounds, ⁇ -aminoketone compounds, acylphosphine compounds, phosphine oxide compounds, metallocene compounds, oxime compounds, triarylimidazole dimers, oniums
  • compounds selected from the group consisting of compounds, benzothiazole compounds, benzophenone compounds, acetophenone compounds and derivatives thereof, cyclopentadiene-benzene-iron complexes and salts thereof, halomethyloxadiazole compounds, and 3-aryl substituted coumarin compounds are preferred.
  • the photopolymerization initiator is a trihalomethyltriazine compound, ⁇ -aminoketone compound, acylphosphine compound, phosphine oxide compound, oxime compound, triallylimidazole dimer, onium compound, benzophenone compound, acetophenone compound, trihalomethyltriazine compound, ⁇ -At least one compound selected from the group consisting of aminoketone compounds, oxime compounds, triallylimidazole dimer and benzophenone compounds is preferred.
  • paragraph numbers 0265 to 0268 of JP 2013-29760 A can be referred to, and the contents thereof are incorporated in the present specification.
  • hydroxyacetophenone compounds As the photopolymerization initiator, hydroxyacetophenone compounds, aminoacetophenone compounds, and acylphosphine compounds can also be suitably used. More specifically, for example, an aminoacetophenone initiator described in JP-A-10-291969 and an acylphosphine initiator described in Japanese Patent No. 4225898 can also be used.
  • hydroxyacetophenone-based initiator IRGACURE-184, DAROCUR-1173, IRGACURE-500, IRGACURE-2959, IRGACURE-127 (trade names: all manufactured by BASF) can be used.
  • aminoacetophenone-based initiator commercially available products IRGACURE-907, IRGACURE-369, and IRGACURE-379EG (trade names: all manufactured by BASF) can be used.
  • aminoacetophenone-based initiator compounds described in JP-A-2009-191179 in which the maximum absorption wavelength is matched with a wave light source such as 365 nm or 405 nm can also be used.
  • acylphosphine initiator commercially available products such as IRGACURE-819 and DAROCUR-TPO (trade names: both manufactured by BASF) can be used.
  • More preferred examples of the photopolymerization initiator include oxime compounds.
  • Specific examples of the oxime compound include compounds described in JP-A No. 2001-233842, compounds described in JP-A No. 2000-80068, and compounds described in JP-A No. 2006-342166.
  • J.H. C. S. Perkin II (1979) pp. 1653-1660) J.M.
  • oxime compounds other than those described above compounds described in JP-T 2009-519904, in which an oxime is linked to the N-position of the carbazole ring, and those described in US Pat. No. 7,626,957 in which a hetero substituent is introduced into the benzophenone moiety
  • a compound described in JP2009-221114A having a maximum absorption at 405 nm and good sensitivity to a g-ray light source Paragraph No. 0076 of JP 2014-137466 A 0079 may be used, such as compounds described in.
  • paragraph numbers 0274 to 0275 of JP 2013-29760 A can be referred to, the contents of which are incorporated herein.
  • the oxime compound is preferably a compound represented by the following formula (OX-1).
  • the oxime N—O bond may be an (E) oxime compound, a (Z) oxime compound, or a mixture of (E) and (Z) isomers. .
  • R and B each independently represent a monovalent substituent
  • A represents a divalent organic group
  • Ar represents an aryl group.
  • the monovalent substituent represented by R is preferably a monovalent nonmetallic atomic group.
  • the monovalent nonmetallic atomic group include an alkyl group, an aryl group, an acyl group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, an aryloxycarbonyl group, a heterocyclic group, an alkylthiocarbonyl group, and an arylthiocarbonyl group.
  • these groups may have one or more substituents.
  • the substituent mentioned above may be further substituted by another substituent.
  • the substituent examples include a halogen atom, an aryloxy group, an alkoxycarbonyl group or an aryloxycarbonyl group, an acyloxy group, an acyl group, an alkyl group, and an aryl group.
  • the monovalent substituent represented by B is preferably an aryl group, a heterocyclic group, an arylcarbonyl group, or a heterocyclic carbonyl group. These groups may have one or more substituents. Examples of the substituent include the above-described substituents.
  • the divalent organic group represented by A is preferably an alkylene group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, a cycloalkylene group, or an alkynylene group. These groups may have one or more substituents. Examples of the substituent include the above-described substituents.
  • the oxime compound preferably has a maximum absorption wavelength in the wavelength region of 350 nm to 500 nm, more preferably has an absorption wavelength in the wavelength region of 360 nm to 480 nm, and particularly preferably has a high absorbance at 365 nm and 405 nm.
  • the molar extinction coefficient at 365 nm or 405 nm of the oxime compound is preferably from 1,000 to 300,000, more preferably from 2,000 to 300,000, more preferably from 5,000 to 200, from the viewpoint of sensitivity. Is particularly preferred.
  • the molar extinction coefficient of the compound can be measured using a known method. For example, it is preferable to measure with an ultraviolet-visible spectrophotometer (Cary-5 spectrophotometer manufactured by Varian) using an ethyl acetate solvent at a concentration of 0.01 g / L.
  • an oxime compound having a fluorine atom can also be used as a photopolymerization initiator.
  • Specific examples of the oxime compound having a fluorine atom include compounds described in JP 2010-262028 A, compounds 24 and 36 to 40 described in JP-A-2014-500852, and JP-A 2013-164471. Compound (C-3). This content is incorporated herein.
  • the content of the photopolymerization initiator is preferably 0.1 to 50% by mass, more preferably 0.5 to 30% by mass, and further preferably 1 to 20% by mass with respect to the total solid content of the coloring composition. is there. Within this range, better sensitivity and pattern formability can be obtained.
  • the coloring composition may contain only one type of photopolymerization initiator, or may contain two or more types. When two or more types are included, the total amount is preferably within the above range.
  • the colored composition of the present invention preferably contains a pigment derivative.
  • the pigment derivative is preferably a compound having a structure in which a part of an organic pigment is substituted with an acidic group, a basic group or a phthalimidomethyl group.
  • the pigment derivative is preferably a pigment derivative having an acidic group or a basic group from the viewpoint of dispersibility and dispersion stability.
  • organic pigment for constituting the pigment derivative examples include diketopyrrolopyrrole pigments, azo pigments, phthalocyanine pigments, anthraquinone pigments, quinacridone pigments, dioxazine pigments, perinone pigments, perylene pigments, thioindigo pigments , Isoindoline pigments, isoindolinone pigments, quinophthalone pigments, selenium pigments, metal complex pigments, and the like.
  • a sulfonic acid group a carboxylic acid group, and its salt
  • a carboxylic acid group and a sulfonic acid group are still more preferable, and a sulfonic acid group is especially preferable.
  • the basic group possessed by the pigment derivative is preferably an amino group, particularly preferably a tertiary amino group.
  • the pigment derivative is particularly preferable, and quinoline and benzimidazolone pigment derivatives are more preferable.
  • the pigment derivative is preferably a pigment derivative having the following structure.
  • A represents a structure selected from the following formulas (PA-1) to (PA-3): B represents a single bond or a (t + 1) -valent linking group, C represents a single bond, -NH -, - CONH -, - CO 2 -, - SO 2 NH -, - O -, - S-, or, -SO 2 - represents, D represents a single bond, an alkylene group, or an arylene group, E represents —SO 3 H or a salt thereof, —CO 2 H or a salt thereof, or —N (Rpa) (Rpb); Rpa and Rpb each independently represent an alkyl group or an aryl group, and Rpa and Rpb may be linked to each other to form a ring; t represents an integer of 1 to 5;
  • Rp1 represents an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms or an aryl group
  • Rp2 represents a halogen atom, an alkyl group or a hydroxy group
  • Rp3 represents a single bond, -NH -, - CONH -, - CO 2 -, - SO 2 NH -, - O -, - S-, or, -SO 2 - represents, s represents an integer of 0 to 4, and when s is 2 or more, the plurality of Rp2s may be the same as or different from each other; * Represents a connecting portion with B.
  • Rp1 is preferably a methyl group or a phenyl group, and more preferably a methyl group.
  • Rp2 is preferably a halogen atom, and more preferably a chlorine atom.
  • examples of the (t + 1) -valent linking group represented by B include an alkylene group, an arylene group, and a heteroarylene group.
  • examples of the alkylene group include straight chain, branched, and cyclic.
  • the (t + 1) -valent linking group is particularly preferably a linking group represented by the following structural formulas (PA-4) to (PA-9). * Represents a connecting part with A and C.
  • the pigment derivative having a linking group represented by the structural formula (PA-5) or (PA-8), particularly as B, is excellent in dispersibility. To preferred.
  • alkylene group and arylene group represented by D for example, methylene group, ethylene group, propylene group, butylene group, pentylene group, hexylene group, decylene group, cyclopropylene group, cyclobutylene group
  • Examples include a cyclopentylene group, a cyclohexylene group, a cyclooctylene group, a cyclodecylene group, a phenylene group, and a naphthylene group.
  • D a linear alkylene group is preferable, and a linear alkylene group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms is more preferable.
  • examples of the alkyl group and aryl group in Rpa and Rpb include a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, an isopropyl group, a butyl group, sec -Butyl group, tert-butyl group, pentyl group, isopentyl group, neopentyl group, hexyl group, octyl group, decyl group, cyclopropyl group, cyclobutyl group, cyclopentyl group, cyclohexyl group, cyclooctyl group, cyclodecyl group, phenyl group, A naphthyl group etc.
  • Rpa and Rpb a linear or branched alkyl group is particularly preferable, and a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms is most preferable.
  • E represents a salt of —SO 3 H or a salt of —CO 2 H
  • the atom or atomic group forming the salt includes an alkali such as a lithium atom, a sodium atom, or a potassium atom Metal, ammonium, tetraalkylammonium and the like are preferable.
  • T is preferably 1 or 2.
  • pigment derivative examples include the following.
  • the content of the pigment derivative is preferably 1 to 50% by mass, more preferably 3 to 30% by mass, based on the total mass of the pigment. Only one pigment derivative may be used, or two or more pigment derivatives may be used in combination.
  • the coloring composition of the present invention can contain a solvent.
  • the solvent include organic solvents.
  • the solvent is basically not particularly limited as long as it satisfies the solubility of each component and the applicability of the composition, but is preferably selected in consideration of the applicability and safety of the composition.
  • Examples of the organic solvent include the following.
  • Examples of esters include ethyl acetate, n-butyl acetate, isobutyl acetate, cyclohexyl acetate, amyl formate, isoamyl acetate, isobutyl acetate, butyl propionate, isopropyl butyrate, ethyl butyrate, butyl butyrate, methyl lactate, ethyl lactate, alkyl Alkyl oxyacetate (eg, methyl alkyloxyacetate, ethyl alkyloxyacetate, butyl alkyloxyacetate (eg, methyl methoxyacetate, ethyl methoxyacetate, butyl methoxyacetate, methyl ethoxyacetate, ethyl ethoxyacetate)), 3-alkyloxy Propionic acid alkyl esters (for example, methyl 3-alkyloxypropionate, eth
  • 2-alkyloxypropionic acid alkyl esters for example, methyl 2-alkyloxypropionate, ethyl 2-alkyloxypropionate, propyl 2-alkyloxypropionate
  • ethers include diethylene glycol dimethyl ether, tetrahydrofuran, ethylene glycol monomethyl ether, ethylene glycol monoethyl ether, methyl cellosolve acetate, ethyl cellosolve acetate, diethylene glycol monomethyl ether, diethylene glycol monoethyl ether, diethylene glycol monobutyl ether, propylene glycol monomethyl ether, propylene glycol Examples thereof include monomethyl ether acetate, propylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, propylene glycol monopropyl ether acetate and the like.
  • ketones include methyl ethyl ketone, cyclohexanone, cyclopentanone, 2-heptanone, and 3-heptanone.
  • aromatic hydrocarbons include toluene and xylene.
  • An organic solvent may be used individually by 1 type, and may be used in combination of 2 or more type.
  • It is a mixed solution composed of two or more selected from methyl, 2-heptanone, cyclohexanone, ethyl carbitol acetate, butyl carbitol acetate, propylene glycol methyl ether, and propylene glycol methyl ether acetate.
  • the organic solvent preferably has a peroxide content of 0.8 mmol / L or less, and more preferably contains substantially no peroxide.
  • the content of the solvent is preferably 10 to 95% by mass with respect to the total amount of the colored composition.
  • the lower limit is more preferably 20% by mass or more, and further preferably 30% by mass or more.
  • the upper limit is more preferably 90% by mass or less.
  • the coloring composition of the present invention may contain a polymerization inhibitor in order to prevent unnecessary thermal polymerization of the curable compound during the production or storage of the coloring composition.
  • Polymerization inhibitors include hydroquinone, paramethoxyphenol, di-tert-butyl-paracresol, pyrogallol, tert-butylcatechol, benzoquinone, 4,4′-thiobis (3-methyl-6-tert-butylphenol), 2, 2'-methylenebis (4-methyl-6-tert-butylphenol), N-nitrosophenylhydroxyamine primary cerium salt and the like. Of these, paramethoxyphenol is preferred.
  • the content of the polymerization inhibitor is preferably 0.01 to 5% by mass with respect to the total solid content of the colored composition.
  • the colored composition of the present invention may contain various surfactants from the viewpoint of further improving coatability.
  • various surfactants such as a fluorine-based surfactant, a nonionic surfactant, a cationic surfactant, an anionic surfactant, and a silicone-based surfactant can be used.
  • the liquid properties (particularly fluidity) when prepared as a coating liquid can be further improved, and the uniformity of coating thickness and liquid saving can be further improved. it can. That is, in the case of forming a film using a coating liquid to which a composition containing a fluorosurfactant is applied, the interfacial tension between the coated surface and the coating liquid decreases, and the wettability to the coated surface is reduced. It improves and the applicability
  • the fluorine content in the fluorosurfactant is preferably 3 to 40% by mass, more preferably 5 to 30% by mass, and particularly preferably 7 to 25% by mass.
  • a fluorine-based surfactant having a fluorine content within this range is effective in terms of uniformity of coating film thickness and liquid-saving properties, and has good solubility in the composition.
  • fluorosurfactant examples include MegaFuck F171, F172, F173, F176, F177, F141, F142, F143, F144, R30, F437, F475, F479, F482, F554, F780, RS-72-K (above DIC Corporation), Florard FC430, FC431, FC171 (above, Sumitomo 3M Limited), Surflon S-382, SC -101, SC-103, SC-104, SC-105, SC-1068, SC-381, SC-383, S393, K393, KH-40 (above, manufactured by Asahi Glass Co., Ltd.), PF636, PF656, PF6320, PF6520, PF7002 (made by OMNOVA) etc.
  • a block polymer can also be used as the fluorosurfactant, and specific examples thereof include compounds described in JP-A-2011-89090.
  • the fluorine-based surfactant has a repeating unit derived from a (meth) acrylate compound having a fluorine atom and 2 or more (preferably 5 or more) alkyleneoxy groups (preferably ethyleneoxy group or propyleneoxy group) (meth).
  • a fluorine-containing polymer compound containing a repeating unit derived from an acrylate compound can also be preferably used, and the following compounds are also exemplified as the fluorine-based surfactant used in the present invention.
  • the weight average molecular weight of the above compound is preferably 3,000 to 50,000, for example, 14,000.
  • the fluoropolymer which has an ethylenically unsaturated group in a side chain can also be used as a fluorine-type surfactant.
  • Specific examples include compounds described in JP-A 2010-164965, paragraphs 0050 to 0090 and 0289 to 0295, such as MegaFac RS-101, RS-102, and RS-718K manufactured by DIC.
  • the following compound can also be used for a fluorine-type surfactant.
  • nonionic surfactants include glycerol, trimethylolpropane, trimethylolethane and ethoxylates and propoxylates thereof (for example, glycerol propoxylate, glycerol ethoxylate, etc.), polyoxyethylene lauryl ether, polyoxyethylene Stearyl ether, polyoxyethylene oleyl ether, polyoxyethylene octylphenyl ether, polyoxyethylene nonylphenyl ether, polyethylene glycol dilaurate, polyethylene glycol distearate, sorbitan fatty acid ester (Pluronic L10, L31, L61, L62 manufactured by BASF, 10R5, 17R2, 25R2, Tetronic 304, 701, 704, 901, 904, 150R1) Solsperse 20000 (manufactured by Nippon Lubrizol Corporation), and the like. Also, NCW-101, NCW-1001, NCW-1002 manufactured by Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd. can be used
  • cationic surfactant examples include phthalocyanine derivatives (trade name: EFKA-745, manufactured by Morishita Sangyo Co., Ltd.), organosiloxane polymer KP341 (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.), (meth) acrylic acid ( Co) polymer polyflow no. 75, no. 90, no. 95 (manufactured by Kyoeisha Chemical Co., Ltd.), W001 (manufactured by Yusho Co., Ltd.) and the like.
  • phthalocyanine derivatives trade name: EFKA-745, manufactured by Morishita Sangyo Co., Ltd.
  • organosiloxane polymer KP341 manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.
  • (meth) acrylic acid ( Co) polymer polyflow no. 75, no. 90, no. 95 manufactured by Kyoeisha Chemical Co., Ltd.
  • W001 manufactured by Yusho Co., Ltd.
  • anionic surfactant examples include W004, W005, W017 (manufactured by Yusho Co., Ltd.), Sandet BL (manufactured by Sanyo Kasei Co., Ltd.), and the like.
  • silicone-based surfactants include Torre Silicone DC3PA, Torre Silicone SH7PA, Torre Silicone DC11PA, Torresilicone SH21PA, Torree Silicone SH28PA, Torree Silicone SH29PA, Torree Silicone SH30PA, Torree Silicone SH8400 (above, Toray Dow Corning Co., Ltd.) )), TSF-4440, TSF-4300, TSF-4445, TSF-4460, TSF-4442 (above, manufactured by Momentive Performance Materials), KP341, KF6001, KF6002 (above, manufactured by Shin-Etsu Silicone Co., Ltd.) , BYK307, BYK323, BYK330 (above, manufactured by BYK Chemie) and the like.
  • the content of the surfactant is preferably 0.001 to 2.0% by mass and more preferably 0.005 to 1.0% by mass with respect to the total solid content of the coloring composition.
  • the coloring composition of the present invention includes a thermal polymerization initiator such as an azo compound or a peroxide compound, a thermal polymerization component, an ultraviolet absorber such as alkoxybenzophenone, a plasticizer such as dioctyl phthalate, and a low molecular weight organic carboxylic acid.
  • a thermal polymerization initiator such as an azo compound or a peroxide compound
  • a thermal polymerization component such as an ultraviolet absorber such as alkoxybenzophenone
  • a plasticizer such as dioctyl phthalate
  • a low molecular weight organic carboxylic acid such as a developability improver, other fillers, antioxidants and anti-aggregation agents can be contained.
  • the composition may contain metal elements, but from the standpoint of suppressing defects, the content of Group 2 elements (calcium, magnesium, etc.) in the colored composition is 50 ppm or less. And is preferably controlled to 0.01 to 10 ppm.
  • the total amount of the inorganic metal salt in the coloring composition is preferably 100 ppm or less, and more preferably controlled to 0.5 to 50 ppm.
  • the coloring composition of the present invention can be prepared by mixing the aforementioned components.
  • each component may be blended at once, or may be blended sequentially after each component is dissolved and dispersed in a solvent.
  • the composition may be prepared by dissolving and dispersing all components in a solvent at the same time. If necessary, each component may be suitably used as two or more solutions / dispersions at the time of use (at the time of application). ) May be mixed to prepare a composition.
  • a red pigment is dispersed together with other components such as a resin, an organic solvent, and a pigment derivative to prepare a pigment dispersion, and the resulting pigment dispersion is mixed with other components of the coloring composition. It is preferable to prepare it.
  • any filter can be used without particular limitation as long as it has been conventionally used for filtration.
  • fluororesin such as polytetrafluoroethylene (PTFE), polyamide resin such as nylon (eg nylon-6, nylon-6,6), polyolefin resin such as polyethylene and polypropylene (PP) (high density, ultra high molecular weight)
  • PP polypropylene
  • polypropylene including high density polypropylene
  • nylon are preferable.
  • the pore size of the filter is suitably about 0.01 to 7.0 ⁇ m, preferably about 0.01 to 3.0 ⁇ m, more preferably about 0.05 to 0.5 ⁇ m. By setting it as this range, it becomes possible to remove reliably the fine foreign material which inhibits preparation of a uniform and smooth composition in a post process. Further, it is also preferable to use a fiber-shaped filter medium, and examples of the filter medium include polypropylene fiber, nylon fiber, glass fiber, and the like. , TPR005, etc.) and SHPX type series (SHPX003 etc.) filter cartridges can be used.
  • the filtering by the first filter may be performed only once or may be performed twice or more.
  • the pore diameter here can refer to the nominal value of the filter manufacturer.
  • a commercially available filter for example, selected from various filters provided by Nippon Pole Co., Ltd. (DFA4201NXEY, etc.), Advantech Toyo Co., Ltd., Japan Integris Co., Ltd. (formerly Nihon Microlith Co., Ltd.) can do.
  • the second filter a filter formed of the same material as the first filter described above can be used.
  • the filtering by the first filter may be performed only with the dispersion, and the second filtering may be performed after mixing other components.
  • the colored composition of the present invention has an integrated intensity of fluorescence in a wavelength range of 600 to 700 nm when excited with light having a wavelength of 534 nm in a 3.0 ⁇ m-thick film formed using the colored composition of the present invention.
  • the value obtained by dividing the above-described cured film A having a thickness of 3.0 ⁇ m by the integrated intensity of fluorescence in the wavelength range of 600 to 700 nm when excited with light having a wavelength of 534 nm is preferably 0.5 or less. 3 or less is more preferable, 0.2 or less is more preferable, and 0.1 or less is particularly preferable.
  • the emission filter of the present invention uses the above-described colored composition of the present invention.
  • the emission filter of the present invention is preferably used as an emission filter of a fluorescent sensor.
  • the integral intensity of fluorescence in the wavelength range of 600 to 700 nm when excited with light having a wavelength of 534 nm is preferably 0.5 to 0.0001, more preferably 0.3 to 0.001.
  • the film thickness of the emission filter of the present invention is preferably 10,000 to 50,000 nm, and more preferably 10,000 to 35,000 nm.
  • the transmittance in the wavelength range of 400 to 450 nm is preferably 20% or less, more preferably 10% or less, and even more preferably 5% or less.
  • the transmittance in the wavelength range of 550 to 600 nm is preferably 40% or more, more preferably 45% or more, and further preferably 50% or more.
  • the fluorescent sensor of the present invention is not particularly limited as long as it has an emission filter using the colored composition of the present invention.
  • the fluorescence sensor include those used by irradiating a sample with excitation light.
  • the sample is not particularly limited, and examples include samples that generate fluorescence when irradiated with excitation light. Examples thereof include proteins, nucleic acids (DNA (deoxyribonucleic acid), RNA (ribonucleic acid), etc.), cells, microorganisms, and the like.
  • the fluorescent sensor of the present invention can be preferably used as a DNA sensor.
  • the fluorescent sensor of the present invention is not limited to the following embodiment.
  • the fluorescence sensor shown in FIG. 1 is a drop-type fluorescence sensor.
  • the fluorescent sensor shown in FIG. 1 includes a light source 1, an excitation filter 2, a beam splitter 3, an objective lens 4, a sample holder 5, an emission filter 6, and an eyepiece 7.
  • the emission filter 6 is composed of the coloring composition of the present invention.
  • the arrows in the figure indicate the traveling direction of light (excitation light, fluorescence, etc.).
  • light emitted from the light source 1 is limited to light having an excitation wavelength by the excitation filter 2 and becomes excitation light.
  • the light source 1 is not particularly limited.
  • a low pressure mercury lamp, a high pressure mercury lamp, an ultrahigh pressure mercury lamp, a chemical lamp, a xenon lamp, an ultraviolet light emitting diode (ultraviolet LED), an excimer laser generator, or the like can be used.
  • the excitation filter 2 can be appropriately selected depending on the type of target excitation light. For example, when light with a wavelength of 534 nm is used as excitation light, it is preferable to use a filter that transmits light with a wavelength of 534 nm and blocks light with other wavelengths.
  • the excitation light is reflected by the beam splitter 3, passes through the objective lens 4, and irradiates the sample 100 on the sample holder 5.
  • fluorescence generated from the sample and excitation light scattered by the sample are guided to the beam splitter 3 through the objective lens 4.
  • light including a fluorescent component travels straight through the beam splitter 3 and is guided to the emission filter 6.
  • the emission filter 6 transmits only the target fluorescence wavelength out of the light traveling straight through the beam splitter 3 and guides the target fluorescence wavelength to the eyepiece 7.
  • the fluorescence guided to the eyepiece can be observed with the naked eye, a camera, or the like.
  • the emission filter 6 since the emission filter 6 has low fluorescence with respect to excitation light, the influence of fluorescence caused by the emission filter can be suppressed, and the detection sensitivity is excellent.
  • the fluorescence sensor shown in FIG. 2 is a transmission type fluorescence sensor.
  • the fluorescent sensor shown in FIG. 2 includes a light source 11, an excitation filter 12, a mirror 13, a sample holder 14, an objective lens 15, an emission filter 16, and an eyepiece 17.
  • the emission filter 16 is composed of the coloring composition of the present invention.
  • light emitted from the light source 11 is limited to light having an excitation wavelength by the excitation filter 12 and becomes excitation light.
  • the excitation light is reflected by the mirror 13 and applied to the sample 101 on the sample holder 14.
  • the emission filter 16 transmits only the target fluorescence wavelength and guides the target fluorescence wavelength to the eyepiece 17.
  • the fluorescence guided to the eyepiece can be observed with the naked eye, a camera, or the like.
  • the manufacturing method of the fluorescence sensor of this invention has the process of forming an emission filter using the coloring composition of this invention. Specifically, using the colored composition of the present invention, it can be produced through a step of forming a colored composition layer on a support and a step of curing the colored composition layer. Further, a step of forming a pattern may be performed. Hereinafter, each step will be described.
  • a colored composition layer is formed on a support using the colored composition of the present invention.
  • a support body There is no limitation in particular as a support body. Examples thereof include transparent substrates such as glass, silicon wafers, and polymer resins (such as epoxy resins).
  • a method for applying the composition onto the support various methods such as slit coating, ink jet method, spin coating, cast coating, roll coating, screen printing method and the like can be used.
  • the colored composition layer formed on the support may be pre-baked.
  • the prebaking temperature is preferably 150 ° C. or lower, more preferably 120 ° C. or lower, and even more preferably 110 ° C. or lower.
  • the lower limit may be 50 ° C. or higher, and may be 80 ° C. or higher.
  • the pre-bake time is preferably 10 seconds to 300 seconds, more preferably 40 to 250 seconds, and still more preferably 80 to 220 seconds. Drying can be performed with a hot plate, oven, or the like.
  • the colored composition layer formed on the support is cured by curing.
  • an exposure process is preferable.
  • radiation (light) that can be used for exposure ultraviolet rays such as g-line and i-line are preferable (particularly preferably i-line).
  • Irradiation dose (exposure dose) for example, preferably 0.03 ⁇ 2.5J / cm 2, more preferably 0.05 ⁇ 1.0J / cm 2, most preferably 0.08 ⁇ 0.5J / cm 2 .
  • the oxygen concentration at the time of exposure can be appropriately selected. In addition to being performed in the atmosphere, for example, in a low oxygen atmosphere having an oxygen concentration of 19% by volume or less (for example, 15% by volume, 5% by volume, substantially oxygen-free).
  • the exposure illuminance can be set as appropriate, and can usually be selected from the range of 1000 W / m 2 to 100,000 W / m 2 (eg, 5000 W / m 2 , 15000 W / m 2 , 35000 W / m 2 ).
  • Oxygen concentration and exposure illuminance may appropriately combined conditions, for example, illuminance 10000 W / m 2 at an oxygen concentration of 10 vol%, oxygen concentration of 35 vol% can be such illuminance 20000W / m 2.
  • Post-baking is a heat treatment after development for complete film curing.
  • the post-baking temperature is preferably 100 to 240 ° C., for example. From the viewpoint of film curing, 200 to 230 ° C. is more preferable.
  • Post-baking can be carried out continuously or batchwise using a heating means such as a hot plate, a convection oven (hot air circulation dryer), a high-frequency heater, etc., so that the film after development is in the above-mentioned condition. .
  • a fluorescence sensor can be manufactured by incorporating the emission filter thus obtained into the fluorescence sensor.
  • the average particle diameter of the pigment was measured by a dynamic light scattering method. Specifically, it was measured using DLS-8000 series (manufactured by Otsuka Electronics).
  • D-1 The following structure (a weight average molecular weight of 38000, a numerical value written together with each repeating unit (main chain) represents the content (mass ratio) of each repeating unit. Indicates the number of repetitions of the repeating part.)
  • D-2 The following structure (weight average molecular weight 20000, the numerical value written in each repeating unit (main chain) represents the content (mass ratio) of each repeating unit.
  • the numerical value written in the repeating part of the side chain is Indicates the number of repetitions of the repeating part.
  • D-3 The following structure (weight average molecular weight 24000, the numerical value written together in each repeating unit (main chain) represents the content (mass ratio) of each repeating unit.
  • B-1 The following structure (the weight average molecular weight is 11,000, and the numerical value written in each repeating unit (main chain) represents the content (mass ratio) of each repeating unit.)
  • B-2 The following structure (the weight average molecular weight is 12000, and the numerical value written in each repeating unit (main chain) represents the content (mass ratio) of each repeating unit.)
  • B-3 The following structure (weight average molecular weight 40000, the numerical value written in each repeating unit (main chain) represents the content (mass ratio) of each repeating unit.)
  • Pigment derivative PZ-1 the following structure
  • Polymerizable compounds M-1 to M-3 The following structures.
  • M-2 is a mixture of the compound of the left formula and the compound of the right formula in a mass ratio of 7: 3.
  • N in M-3 is 1 to 3, and the total of four n is 12 or less.
  • M-4 NK ester A-TMMT (pentaerythritol tetraacrylate, manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.)
  • Photopolymerization initiator I-1 to I-2 The following structure
  • W-2 The following structure
  • the coloring composition was prepared by mixing the pigment, the resin 1 and the pigment derivative to prepare a pigment dispersion, and blending the remaining components in the pigment dispersion to produce a coloring composition having the above composition.
  • Each colored composition was applied onto a glass substrate to form a colored composition layer.
  • the film thickness was adjusted so that the transmittance at a wavelength of 500 nm of the cured film was 5%.
  • exposure was performed under the condition of 1000 mJ / cm 2 , and post baking was performed at 220 ° C. for 5 minutes to produce a cured film.
  • the integrated intensity of fluorescence in the wavelength range of 600 to 700 nm was measured using F4500 manufactured by Hitachi High-Tech, under the conditions of excitation wavelength of 534 nm, excitation slit of 5 nm, fluorescence slit of 5 nm, and photomultiplier voltage of 950 V.
  • a 530 nm bandpass filter was used on the light source side to suppress stray light, and a sharp cut filter was used on the detection side to suppress scattered light.
  • a value divided by the result of the colored composition of Comparative Example 1 was calculated as the fluorescence intensity ratio.
  • the substrate on which the fluorescence intensity was measured was irradiated with an illuminance of 1.0 ⁇ 10 5 lux for 50 hours using a xenon lamp, and light resistance was measured.
  • the spectrum of 400 to 800 nm before and after the treatment was measured, and the wavelength with the largest spectral fluctuation before and after the treatment was judged under the following conditions. 5: Spectral fluctuation is 1% or less before and after treatment 4: Spectral fluctuation is more than 1% before and after treatment and 3% or less 3: Spectral fluctuation is more than 3% before and after treatment and 5% or less 2: Spectral fluctuation is 5 before and after treatment % And below 10% 1: Spectral fluctuation exceeds 10% before and after treatment
  • Exposure was performed by placing a photomask having a pattern on the substrate for measuring fluorescence intensity during exposure. Thereafter, development processing was performed with a 2.5 mass% TMAH (tetramethylammonium hydroxide) aqueous solution.
  • TMAH tetramethylammonium hydroxide
  • the limit size of the pattern shape that can be produced after development was determined under the following conditions. 5: Limit resolution is 1.4 ⁇ m or less 4: Limit resolution exceeds 1.4 ⁇ m and 1.7 ⁇ m or less 3: Limit resolution exceeds 1.7 ⁇ m and 2 ⁇ m or less 2: Limit resolution exceeds 2 ⁇ m and 3 ⁇ m or less 1: No lithographic properties
  • the number of defects in the solid film was measured on the substrate whose fluorescence intensity was measured using ComPlus manufactured by Applied Materials. The measurement results were judged under the following conditions. Garbage judged to be derived from a material of 1 ⁇ m or more was judged as a solid film defect.
  • the number of defects per 5: 8 inch wafer is 100 or less and the number of defects per 4: 8 inch wafer is more than 100 and 300 or less.
  • the number of defects per 3: 8 inch wafer is more than 300 and 500 or less. 2: 8
  • the number of defects per inch wafer exceeds 500 and is 1000 or less.
  • the number of defects per 1: 8 inch wafer exceeds 1000.
  • the fluorescence intensity ratio was small. Moreover, the fluorescence sensor using the cured film of the example as an emission filter was excellent in detection sensitivity. On the other hand, the fluorescence sensor using the cured film of the comparative example as an emission filter has poor detection sensitivity. Further, when the cured films of Examples 1 to 38 and Comparative Examples 1 to 5 were incorporated as an emission filter of a fluorescence sensor and the sample was irradiated with excitation light having a wavelength of 534 nm, fluorescence was detected. Examples 1 to 38 The detection sensitivity was superior to those of Comparative Examples 1-5.

Abstract

Provided are: a dye composition with which it is possible to obtain a fluorescence sensor of exceptional detection sensitivity; a fluorescence sensor of exceptional detection sensitivity; and a production method for a fluorescence sensor of exceptional detection sensitivity. The dye composition is used to form an emission filter of a fluorescence sensor, and includes at least one red pigment selected from Color Index Pigment Red 144 and Color Index Pigment Red 166, a resin, a polymerizable compound, a photopolymerization initiator, and a solvent.

Description

着色組成物、蛍光センサ及び蛍光センサの製造方法Coloring composition, fluorescent sensor, and method for manufacturing fluorescent sensor
 本発明は、着色組成物、蛍光センサ及び蛍光センサの製造方法に関する。 The present invention relates to a colored composition, a fluorescence sensor, and a method for producing the fluorescence sensor.
 DNA(デオキシリボ核酸)などの試料を試薬と反応させ、この試料に励起光を照射してそこから発せられる蛍光を検出することで、試料の検査を行う蛍光センサがある。
 蛍光センサによる検査は、試料に対して励起光を照射し、試料から発生した蛍光を、エミッションフィルタを通して所定波長の蛍光を透過させ、エミッションフィルタを透過した蛍光を観察して行っている。
There is a fluorescence sensor that inspects a sample by reacting a sample such as DNA (deoxyribonucleic acid) with a reagent, irradiating the sample with excitation light, and detecting fluorescence emitted from the sample.
The inspection by the fluorescence sensor is performed by irradiating the sample with excitation light, transmitting the fluorescence generated from the sample through the emission filter, and observing the fluorescence transmitted through the emission filter.
 蛍光センサのエミッションフィルタとして、例えば、赤色顔料を用いたフィルタが使用されている。赤色顔料としては、従来よりカラーインデックスピグメントレッド254が使用されている。 For example, a filter using a red pigment is used as an emission filter of a fluorescent sensor. As the red pigment, Color Index Pigment Red 254 has been conventionally used.
 一方、特許文献1には、クロモフタルレッドBRN(カラーインデックスピグメントレッド144)と、感光性樹脂とを含む組成物を用いて、画像表示装置用の赤色カラーフィルタを製造することが記載されている。
 また、特許文献2には、カラーインデックスピグメントレッド144と、ポリビニルアルコールと、界面活性剤と、水とを含む組成物を用いて、画像表示装置用の赤色カラーフィルタを製造することが記載されている。
On the other hand, Patent Document 1 describes that a red color filter for an image display device is manufactured using a composition containing chromophthaled red BRN (color index pigment red 144) and a photosensitive resin. .
Patent Document 2 describes that a red color filter for an image display device is manufactured using a composition containing Color Index Pigment Red 144, polyvinyl alcohol, a surfactant, and water. Yes.
特開昭60-129739号公報JP 60-129739 A 特開平10-239835号公報Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 10-239835
 本発明者が蛍光センサについて鋭意検討したところ、カラーインデックスピグメントレッド254を使用したエミッションフィルタは、励起光によって蛍光が発生しやすく、蛍光センサの検出感度が低下しやすいことが分かった。 As a result of intensive studies on the fluorescence sensor by the present inventor, it was found that the emission filter using the color index pigment red 254 is likely to generate fluorescence due to excitation light, and the detection sensitivity of the fluorescence sensor is likely to decrease.
 一方、特許文献1、2は、蛍光センサに関する記載や示唆はない。 On the other hand, Patent Documents 1 and 2 have no description or suggestion regarding a fluorescent sensor.
 よって、本発明の目的は、検出感度に優れた蛍光センサを得ることが可能な着色組成物、検出感度に優れた蛍光センサ、及び、蛍光センサの製造方法を提供することにある。 Therefore, an object of the present invention is to provide a coloring composition capable of obtaining a fluorescent sensor excellent in detection sensitivity, a fluorescent sensor excellent in detection sensitivity, and a method for manufacturing the fluorescent sensor.
 本発明者は蛍光センサのエミッションフィルタ形成用の着色組成物について鋭意検討した結果、カラーインデックスピグメントレッド144、及び、カラーインデックスピグメントレッド166は、励起光によって蛍光が発生し難い顔料であることを見出した。そして、着色組成物について検討を進めたところ、着色組成物を用いて形成した厚さ3.0μmの膜の、波長534nmの光で励起した際の波長600~700nm範囲の蛍光の積分強度を、カラーインデックスピグメントレッド254を含有する後述する硬化膜の、波長534nmの光で励起した際の波長600~700nmの範囲の蛍光の積分強度で割った値が0.5以下である着色組成物を用いることでも、検出感度に優れた蛍光センサを得ることができることを見出し、本発明を完成するに至った。本発明は、以下を提供する。
<1> 蛍光センサのエミッションフィルタ形成用の着色組成物であって、
 赤色顔料と、樹脂と、重合性化合物と、光重合開始剤と、溶剤とを含み、
 着色組成物を用いて形成した、厚さ3.0μmの膜の、波長534nmの光で励起した際の波長600~700nm範囲の蛍光の積分強度を、
 カラーインデックスピグメントレッド254を全固形分中に40質量%含有する、厚さ3.0μmの硬化膜Aの、波長534nmの光で励起した際の波長600~700nmの範囲の蛍光の積分強度で割った値が0.5以下である、着色組成物。
<2> 蛍光センサのエミッションフィルタ形成用の着色組成物であって、
 カラーインデックスピグメントレッド144、及び、カラーインデックスピグメントレッド166から選ばれる少なくとも1種の赤色顔料と、樹脂と、重合性化合物と、光重合開始剤と、溶剤と、を含む着色組成物。
<3> 赤色顔料の平均粒径が5~500nmである、<1>又は<2>に記載の着色組成物。
<4> 重合性化合物が、重合性モノマーである、<1>~<3>のいずれかに記載の着色組成物。
<5> 重合性モノマーが、ラジカル重合性基を3個以上有する、<4>に記載の着色組成物。
<6> 重合性モノマーが、アルキレンオキシ基を有する、<4>又は<5>に記載の着色組成物。
<7> 重合性モノマーが、アルキレンオキシ基を繰り返し単位として2以上含む鎖を有する、<6>に記載の着色組成物。
<8> 樹脂が、グラフト共重合体を含む、<1>~<7>のいずれかに記載の着色組成物。
<9> 樹脂が、下記式(1)~(4)のいずれかで表される繰り返し単位を含む樹脂を含む、<1>~<8>のいずれかに記載の着色組成物;
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000002
 式(1)~式(4)において、W、W、W、及びWはそれぞれ独立に酸素原子、又は、NHを表し、
 X、X、X、X、及びXはそれぞれ独立に水素原子又は1価の有機基を表し、
 Y、Y、Y、及びYはそれぞれ独立に2価の連結基を表し、
 Z、Z、Z、及びZはそれぞれ独立に1価の有機基を表し、
 Rはアルキレン基を表し、
 Rは水素原子又は1価の有機基を表し、
 n、m、p、及びqはそれぞれ独立に1~500の整数を表し、
 j及びkはそれぞれ独立に2~8の整数を表し、
 式(3)において、pが2~500のとき、複数存在するRは互いに同じであっても異なっていてもよく、
 式(4)において、qが2~500のとき、複数存在するX及びRは互いに同じであっても異なっていてもよい。
<10> <1>~<9>のいずれかに記載の着色組成物を用いたエミッションフィルタを有する蛍光センサ。
<11> 蛍光センサが、試料に対して、励起光を照射して用いるものである、<10>に記載の蛍光センサ。
<12> 蛍光センサがDNAセンサである、<10>又は<11>に記載の蛍光センサ。
<13> <1>~<9>のいずれかに記載の着色組成物を用いてエミッションフィルタを形成する工程を有する蛍光センサの製造方法。
As a result of intensive studies on the coloring composition for forming the emission filter of the fluorescent sensor, the present inventor has found that the color index pigment red 144 and the color index pigment red 166 are pigments that are difficult to generate fluorescence by excitation light. It was. As a result of studies on the colored composition, the integrated intensity of fluorescence in the wavelength range of 600 to 700 nm when excited with light having a wavelength of 534 nm in a 3.0 μm-thick film formed using the colored composition, A colored composition having a value obtained by dividing a cured film containing Color Index Pigment Red 254, which will be described later, by the integrated intensity of fluorescence in the wavelength range of 600 to 700 nm when excited with light having a wavelength of 534 nm is 0.5 or less. In this way, the inventors have found that a fluorescent sensor having excellent detection sensitivity can be obtained, and have completed the present invention. The present invention provides the following.
<1> A colored composition for forming an emission filter of a fluorescent sensor,
Including a red pigment, a resin, a polymerizable compound, a photopolymerization initiator, and a solvent,
The integrated intensity of fluorescence in the wavelength range of 600 to 700 nm when excited with light having a wavelength of 534 nm in a film having a thickness of 3.0 μm formed using the coloring composition,
Divided by the integrated intensity of fluorescence in the wavelength range of 600 to 700 nm when cured with a light of wavelength 534 nm of a cured film A having a thickness of 3.0 μm and containing 40% by mass of Color Index Pigment Red 254 in the total solid content. A colored composition having a value of 0.5 or less.
<2> A colored composition for forming an emission filter of a fluorescent sensor,
A coloring composition comprising at least one red pigment selected from Color Index Pigment Red 144 and Color Index Pigment Red 166, a resin, a polymerizable compound, a photopolymerization initiator, and a solvent.
<3> The colored composition according to <1> or <2>, wherein the red pigment has an average particle size of 5 to 500 nm.
<4> The colored composition according to any one of <1> to <3>, wherein the polymerizable compound is a polymerizable monomer.
<5> The colored composition according to <4>, wherein the polymerizable monomer has three or more radically polymerizable groups.
<6> The colored composition according to <4> or <5>, wherein the polymerizable monomer has an alkyleneoxy group.
<7> The colored composition according to <6>, wherein the polymerizable monomer has a chain containing two or more alkyleneoxy groups as repeating units.
<8> The colored composition according to any one of <1> to <7>, wherein the resin contains a graft copolymer.
<9> The colored composition according to any one of <1> to <8>, wherein the resin comprises a resin containing a repeating unit represented by any of the following formulas (1) to (4);
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000002
In formulas (1) to (4), W 1 , W 2 , W 3 , and W 4 each independently represent an oxygen atom or NH,
X 1 , X 2 , X 3 , X 4 , and X 5 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group,
Y 1 , Y 2 , Y 3 , and Y 4 each independently represent a divalent linking group,
Z 1 , Z 2 , Z 3 , and Z 4 each independently represent a monovalent organic group,
R 3 represents an alkylene group,
R 4 represents a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group,
n, m, p, and q each independently represents an integer of 1 to 500;
j and k each independently represents an integer of 2 to 8,
In the formula (3), when p is 2 to 500, a plurality of R 3 may be the same or different from each other,
In the formula (4), when q is 2 to 500, a plurality of X 5 and R 4 may be the same or different from each other.
<10> A fluorescent sensor having an emission filter using the colored composition according to any one of <1> to <9>.
<11> The fluorescence sensor according to <10>, wherein the fluorescence sensor is used by irradiating a sample with excitation light.
<12> The fluorescence sensor according to <10> or <11>, wherein the fluorescence sensor is a DNA sensor.
<13> A method for producing a fluorescent sensor comprising a step of forming an emission filter using the colored composition according to any one of <1> to <9>.
 本発明によれば、検出感度に優れた蛍光センサを得ることが可能な着色組成物、検出感度に優れた蛍光センサ、及び、検出感度に優れた蛍光センサの製造方法を提供することが可能になった。 ADVANTAGE OF THE INVENTION According to this invention, it is possible to provide the coloring composition which can obtain the fluorescence sensor excellent in the detection sensitivity, the fluorescence sensor excellent in the detection sensitivity, and the manufacturing method of the fluorescence sensor excellent in the detection sensitivity. became.
本発明の蛍光センサの一実施形態の概略構成図である。It is a schematic block diagram of one Embodiment of the fluorescence sensor of this invention. 本発明の蛍光センサの他の実施形態の概略構成図である。It is a schematic block diagram of other embodiment of the fluorescence sensor of this invention.
 本明細書において、全固形分とは、組成物の全成分から溶剤を除いた成分の総質量をいう。また、固形分とは、25℃における固形分をいう。
 本明細書における基(原子団)の表記に於いて、置換及び無置換を記していない表記は、置換基を有さないものと共に置換基を有するものをも包含するものである。例えば、「アルキル基」とは、置換基を有さないアルキル基(無置換アルキル基)のみならず、置換基を有するアルキル基(置換アルキル基)をも包含するものである。
 本明細書中における「放射線」とは、例えば、水銀灯の輝線スペクトル、エキシマレーザに代表される遠紫外線、極紫外線(EUV光)、X線、電子線等を意味する。また、本発明において光とは、活性光線又は放射線を意味する。本明細書中における「露光」とは、特に断らない限り、水銀灯、エキシマレーザに代表される遠紫外線、X線、EUV光などによる露光のみならず、電子線、イオンビーム等の粒子線による描画も露光に含める。
 本明細書において、“(メタ)アクリレート”はアクリレート及びメタクリレートの双方、又は、いずれかを表し、“(メタ)アクリル”はアクリル及びメタクリルの双方、又は、いずれかを表し、“(メタ)アクリロイル”はアクリロイル及びメタクリロイルの双方、又は、いずれかを表し、“(メタ)アリル”はアリル及びメタリルの双方、又は、いずれかを表す。
 本明細書において、化学式中のMeはメチル基を、Etはエチル基を、Prはプロピル基を、Buはブチル基を、Phはフェニル基をそれぞれ示す。
 本明細書において「工程」との語は、独立した工程だけではなく、他の工程と明確に区別できない場合であってもその工程の所期の作用が達成されれば、本用語に含まれる。
 本明細書において、重量平均分子量及び数平均分子量は、ゲルパーミエーションクロマトグラフィー(GPC)測定でのポリスチレン換算値として定義される。本明細書において、重量平均分子量(Mw)及び数平均分子量(Mn)は、例えば、HLC-8220(東ソー(株)製)を用い、カラムとしてTSKgel Super AWM―H(東ソー(株)製、6.0mmID(内径)×15.0cm)を、溶離液として10mmol/L リチウムブロミドNMP(N-メチルピロリジノン)溶液を用いることによって求めることができる。
 本発明に用いられる顔料は、溶剤に溶解しにくい不溶性の色素化合物を意味する。典型的には、組成物中に粒子として分散された状態で存在する色素化合物を意味する。ここで、溶剤とは、任意の溶剤が挙げられ、例えば後述する溶剤の欄で例示する溶剤が挙げられる。本発明に用いられる顔料は、例えば、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテ-ト及び水のいずれに対しても、25℃における溶解度が0.1g/100gSolvent以下が好ましい。
In this specification, the total solid content refers to the total mass of components obtained by removing the solvent from all components of the composition. Moreover, solid content means solid content in 25 degreeC.
In the notation of groups (atomic groups) in this specification, the notation that does not indicate substitution and non-substitution includes not only those having no substituent but also those having a substituent. For example, the “alkyl group” includes not only an alkyl group having no substituent (unsubstituted alkyl group) but also an alkyl group having a substituent (substituted alkyl group).
“Radiation” in the present specification means, for example, an emission line spectrum of a mercury lamp, far ultraviolet rays represented by an excimer laser, extreme ultraviolet rays (EUV light), X-rays, electron beams, and the like. In the present invention, light means actinic rays or radiation. Unless otherwise specified, “exposure” in this specification is not only exposure with a deep ultraviolet ray, an X-ray, EUV light, etc. typified by a mercury lamp or an excimer laser, but also drawing with a particle beam such as an electron beam or an ion beam. Are also included in the exposure.
In the present specification, “(meth) acrylate” represents both and / or acrylate and methacrylate, “(meth) acryl” represents both and / or acryl and “(meth) acryloyl” “Represents both and / or acryloyl and methacryloyl, and“ (meth) allyl ”represents both and / or allyl and methallyl.
In the present specification, Me in the chemical formula represents a methyl group, Et represents an ethyl group, Pr represents a propyl group, Bu represents a butyl group, and Ph represents a phenyl group.
In this specification, the term “process” is not limited to an independent process, and is included in the term if the intended action of the process is achieved even when it cannot be clearly distinguished from other processes. .
In this specification, a weight average molecular weight and a number average molecular weight are defined as a polystyrene conversion value in a gel permeation chromatography (GPC) measurement. In this specification, the weight average molecular weight (Mw) and the number average molecular weight (Mn) are, for example, HLC-8220 (manufactured by Tosoh Corporation), and TSKgel Super AWM-H (manufactured by Tosoh Corporation, 6) as a column. 0.0 mm ID (inner diameter) × 15.0 cm) can be obtained by using a 10 mmol / L lithium bromide NMP (N-methylpyrrolidinone) solution as an eluent.
The pigment used in the present invention means an insoluble coloring compound that is difficult to dissolve in a solvent. Typically, it means a dye compound that exists in a dispersed state as particles in the composition. Here, an arbitrary solvent is mentioned with a solvent, For example, the solvent illustrated in the column of the solvent mentioned later is mentioned. The pigment used in the present invention preferably has a solubility at 25 ° C. of 0.1 g / 100 g Solvent or less, for example, in any of propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate and water.
<着色組成物>
 本発明の着色組成物は、蛍光センサのエミッションフィルタ形成用の着色組成物であって、以下の(1)又は(2)の要件を満たす着色組成物である。
(1):赤色顔料と、樹脂と、重合性化合物と、光重合開始剤と、溶剤とを含み、着色組成物を用いて形成した、厚さ3.0μmの膜を、波長534nmの光で励起した際の波長600~700nm範囲の蛍光の積分強度を、カラーインデックスピグメントレッド254を全固形分中に40質量%含有する、厚さ3.0μmの硬化膜Aの、波長534nmの光で励起した際の波長600~700nmの範囲の蛍光の積分強度で割った値が0.5以下である。
 硬化膜Aは、平均粒径50nmのカラーインデックスピグメントレッド254を5質量%と、式D-1で表される樹脂を1.5質量%と、式PZ-1で表される顔料誘導体を0.075質量%と、式M-1で表される重合性化合物を0.7質量%と、式B-2で表される樹脂を4.925質量%と、式I-1で表される光重合開始剤を0.3質量%とを含み、残部がプロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテートである組成物をガラス基材上に硬化後の膜厚が3.0μmとなるように塗布し、塗布膜を100℃で乾燥した後、i線を1000mJ/cmの露光量で露光して得られた硬化膜であることが好ましい。なお、D-1の重量平均分子量は38000であり、各繰り返し単位(主鎖)に併記した数値は、各繰り返し単位の含有量(質量比)を表し、側鎖の繰り返し部位に併記される数値は、繰り返し部位の繰り返し数を示す。また、B-2の重量平均分子量は12000であり、各繰り返し単位(主鎖)に併記した数値は、各繰り返し単位の含有量(質量比)を表す。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000003
(2):カラーインデックスピグメントレッド144、及び、カラーインデックスピグメントレッド166から選ばれる少なくとも1種の赤色顔料と、樹脂と、重合性化合物と、光重合開始剤と、溶剤と、を含む。
<Coloring composition>
The coloring composition of the present invention is a coloring composition for forming an emission filter of a fluorescent sensor, and satisfies the following requirement (1) or (2).
(1): A film having a thickness of 3.0 μm, which includes a red pigment, a resin, a polymerizable compound, a photopolymerization initiator, and a solvent and is formed using a colored composition, is irradiated with light having a wavelength of 534 nm. The integrated intensity of fluorescence in the wavelength range of 600 to 700 nm when excited is excited by light having a wavelength of 534 nm of a cured film A having a thickness of 3.0 μm and containing 40% by mass of Color Index Pigment Red 254 in the total solid content. The value divided by the integrated intensity of fluorescence in the wavelength range of 600 to 700 nm is 0.5 or less.
The cured film A contains 5% by mass of Color Index Pigment Red 254 having an average particle diameter of 50 nm, 1.5% by mass of a resin represented by Formula D-1, and 0% of a pigment derivative represented by Formula PZ-1. 0.075% by mass, 0.7% by mass of the polymerizable compound represented by Formula M-1, 4.925% by mass of the resin represented by Formula B-2, and represented by Formula I-1. A composition containing 0.3% by mass of a photopolymerization initiator and the balance being propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate was applied on a glass substrate so that the film thickness after curing was 3.0 μm, After drying at 100 ° C., a cured film obtained by exposing the i-line with an exposure amount of 1000 mJ / cm 2 is preferable. The weight average molecular weight of D-1 is 38000, and the numerical value written in each repeating unit (main chain) represents the content (mass ratio) of each repeating unit, and the numerical value written in the repeating part of the side chain. Indicates the number of repetitions of the repeating site. Further, the weight average molecular weight of B-2 is 12000, and the numerical value written together with each repeating unit (main chain) represents the content (mass ratio) of each repeating unit.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000003
(2): It contains at least one red pigment selected from Color Index Pigment Red 144 and Color Index Pigment Red 166, a resin, a polymerizable compound, a photopolymerization initiator, and a solvent.
 本発明によれば、上記(1)又は(2)の着色組成物を用いることで、励起光に対して低い蛍光性を有するエミッションフィルタを形成することが可能になった。
 また、カラーインデックスピグメントレッド144、及び、カラーインデックスピグメントレッド166は、励起光に対して特に低い蛍光性を有し、更には、耐熱性にも優れるため、励起光に対してより低い蛍光性を有し、更には、耐熱性に優れたエミッションフィルタを形成することができる。
 そして、本発明の着色組成物を用いたエミッションフィルタは、励起光に対して低い蛍光性を有するため、本発明の着色組成物を用いたエミッションフィルタを有する蛍光センサは、エミッションフィルタに起因する蛍光による影響が小さく、検出感度が優れている。
 以下、本発明について詳細に説明する。
According to the present invention, it is possible to form an emission filter having low fluorescence with respect to excitation light by using the colored composition of (1) or (2).
In addition, the color index pigment red 144 and the color index pigment red 166 have particularly low fluorescence with respect to the excitation light, and also have excellent heat resistance, and therefore lower fluorescence with respect to the excitation light. Furthermore, an emission filter having excellent heat resistance can be formed.
And since the emission filter using the coloring composition of the present invention has low fluorescence with respect to excitation light, the fluorescence sensor having the emission filter using the coloring composition of the present invention has a fluorescence attributed to the emission filter. The detection sensitivity is small and the detection sensitivity is excellent.
Hereinafter, the present invention will be described in detail.
<着色組成物>
<<赤色顔料>>
 本発明の着色組成物は、赤色顔料を含有する。赤色顔料は、アゾ骨格を有する赤色顔料が好ましい。アゾ骨格を有する赤色顔料としては、式R-1で表される構造を有する化合物が好ましい。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000004
 式中R~R14は、それぞれ独立して、水素原子又はハロゲン原子を表す。ハロゲン原子は、塩素原子、フッ素原子、臭素原子などが挙げられ、塩素原子が好ましい。
 R~Rの少なくとも二つは、ハロゲン原子であり、残りは水素原子であることが好ましい。R~Rの二つが、ハロゲン原子であり、残りは水素原子であることがより好ましい。特に、R及びRがハロゲン原子であり、R、R及びRが水素原子であることが好ましい。
 R10~R14の少なくとも二つは、ハロゲン原子であり、残りは水素原子であることが好ましい。R10~R14の二つが、ハロゲン原子であり、残りは水素原子であることがより好ましい。特に、R10及びR13がハロゲン原子であり、R11、R12及びR14が水素原子であることが好ましい。
 R~Rは、全て水素原子であってもよく、R~Rの少なくとも1つがハロゲン原子で、残りが水素原子であってもよい。R~Rの少なくとも1つがハロゲン原子を表す場合、Rがハロゲン原子であり、残りが水素原子又はハロゲン原子であることが好ましく、水素原子であることが更に好ましい。
<Coloring composition>
<< Red Pigment >>
The coloring composition of the present invention contains a red pigment. The red pigment is preferably a red pigment having an azo skeleton. As the red pigment having an azo skeleton, a compound having a structure represented by the formula R-1 is preferable.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000004
In the formula, R 1 to R 14 each independently represents a hydrogen atom or a halogen atom. Examples of the halogen atom include a chlorine atom, a fluorine atom, and a bromine atom, and a chlorine atom is preferable.
At least two of R 1 to R 5 are preferably halogen atoms, and the rest are preferably hydrogen atoms. More preferably, two of R 1 to R 5 are halogen atoms, and the rest are hydrogen atoms. In particular, R 1 and R 4 are preferably halogen atoms, and R 2 , R 3 and R 5 are preferably hydrogen atoms.
At least two of R 10 to R 14 are preferably halogen atoms, and the rest are preferably hydrogen atoms. More preferably, two of R 10 to R 14 are halogen atoms, and the rest are hydrogen atoms. In particular, it is preferred that R 10 and R 13 are halogen atoms, and R 11 , R 12 and R 14 are hydrogen atoms.
R 6 to R 9 may all be hydrogen atoms, at least one of R 6 to R 9 may be a halogen atom, and the remaining may be a hydrogen atom. When at least one of R 6 to R 9 represents a halogen atom, R 7 is preferably a halogen atom, and the remainder is preferably a hydrogen atom or a halogen atom, and more preferably a hydrogen atom.
 本発明において、赤色顔料は、C.I.ピグメントレッド144、及び、C.I.ピグメントレッド166から選ばれる少なくとも1種を含むことが好ましい。C.I.ピグメントレッド144、及び、C.I.ピグメントレッド166は、励起光に対して低い蛍光性を有するので、励起光に対して低い蛍光性を有するエミッションフィルタを形成することができる。 In the present invention, the red pigment is C.I. I. Pigment red 144, and C.I. I. It is preferable that at least one selected from Pigment Red 166 is included. C. I. Pigment red 144, and C.I. I. Since Pigment Red 166 has low fluorescence with respect to excitation light, an emission filter having low fluorescence with respect to excitation light can be formed.
 本発明において、赤色顔料の平均粒径は、5~1000nmが好ましく、5~500nmがより好ましい。上限は、400nm以下が好ましく、350nm以下が更にこのましく、300nm以下が特に好ましい。本発明者の検討によれば、赤色顔料の粒径を小さくすることで、励起光に対して低い蛍光性を有する傾向にあることを見出した。赤色顔料の平均粒径が上記範囲であれば、励起光に対してより一層低い蛍光性を有するエミッションフィルタを形成しやすい。 In the present invention, the average particle size of the red pigment is preferably 5 to 1000 nm, more preferably 5 to 500 nm. The upper limit is preferably 400 nm or less, more preferably 350 nm or less, and particularly preferably 300 nm or less. According to the study of the present inventors, it has been found that the red pigment tends to have low fluorescence with respect to excitation light by reducing the particle size of the red pigment. If the average particle diameter of the red pigment is within the above range, it is easy to form an emission filter having lower fluorescence with respect to excitation light.
 なお、本発明において、赤色顔料の「平均粒径」とは、赤色顔料の一次粒子が集合した二次粒子についての平均粒径であって、動的光散乱法等の方法で測定した値である。 In the present invention, the “average particle size” of the red pigment is an average particle size of secondary particles in which the primary particles of the red pigment are aggregated, and is a value measured by a method such as a dynamic light scattering method. is there.
 本発明の着色組成物において、赤色顔料の含有量は、着色組成物の全固形分に対して、10~90質量%が好ましい。下限は、20質量%以上がより好ましく、30質量%以上が更に好ましい。上限は、80質量%以下がより好ましく、70質量%以下が更に好ましい。
 また、赤色顔料全質量中における、C.I.ピグメントレッド144、及び、C.I.ピグメントレッド166の合計含有量は、50~100質量%が好ましい。下限は、60質量%以上がより好ましく、70質量%以上が更に好ましく、80質量%以上が特に好ましい。
 また、赤色顔料は、実質的にC.I.ピグメントレッド144、及び、C.I.ピグメントレッド166のみで構成されていることも好ましい。なお、赤色顔料が、実質的にC.I.ピグメントレッド144、及び、C.I.ピグメントレッド166のみで構成されている場合とは、赤色顔料質量中に、C.I.ピグメントレッド144及びC.I.ピグメントレッド166を合計で99質量%以上含有していることが好ましく、99.9質量%以上がより好ましい。
In the colored composition of the present invention, the content of the red pigment is preferably 10 to 90% by mass with respect to the total solid content of the colored composition. The lower limit is more preferably 20% by mass or more, and further preferably 30% by mass or more. The upper limit is more preferably 80% by mass or less, and still more preferably 70% by mass or less.
C. in the total mass of the red pigment. I. Pigment red 144, and C.I. I. The total content of CI Pigment Red 166 is preferably 50 to 100% by mass. The lower limit is more preferably 60% by mass or more, still more preferably 70% by mass or more, and particularly preferably 80% by mass or more.
The red pigment is substantially C.I. I. Pigment red 144, and C.I. I. It is also preferable that only the pigment red 166 is used. The red pigment is substantially C.I. I. Pigment red 144, and C.I. I. Pigment Red 166 alone is the case where C.I. I. Pigment red 144 and C.I. I. Pigment Red 166 is preferably contained in a total of 99% by mass or more, and more preferably 99.9% by mass or more.
 本発明は、赤色顔料として、以下に示す顔料を用いることもできる。赤色顔料がC.I.ピグメントレッド144、及び、C.I.ピグメントレッド166のいずれも含まない場合、着色組成物が上述した(1)の要件を満たすように、下記顔料から1種類以上を選択して用いることができる。また、下記の顔料は、C.I.ピグメントレッド144、及び/又は、C.I.ピグメントレッド166と併用することもできる。
 カラーインデックス(C.I.)ピグメントレッド 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,9,10,14,17,22,23,31,38,41,48:1,48:2,48:3,48:4,49,49:1,49:2,52:1,52:2,53:1,57:1,60:1,63:1,66,67,81:1,81:2,81:3,83,88,90,105,112,119,122,123,146,149,150,155,168,169,170,171,172,175,176,177,178,179,184,185,187,188,190,200,202,206,207,208,209,210,216,220,224,226,242,246,254,255,270,272,279
In the present invention, the following pigments can also be used as the red pigment. The red pigment is C.I. I. Pigment red 144, and C.I. I. When none of the pigment red 166 is contained, one or more of the following pigments can be selected and used so that the coloring composition satisfies the requirement (1) described above. The following pigments are C.I. I. Pigment red 144 and / or C.I. I. It can also be used in combination with Pigment Red 166.
Color Index (CI) Pigment Red 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 9, 10, 14, 17, 22, 23, 31, 38, 41, 48: 1, 48: 2, 48: 3, 48: 4, 49, 49: 1, 49: 2, 52: 1, 52: 2, 53: 1, 57: 1, 60: 1, 63: 1, 66, 67, 81: 1. 81: 2, 81: 3, 83, 88, 90, 105, 112, 119, 122, 123, 146, 149, 150, 155, 168, 169, 170, 171, 172, 175, 176, 177, 178, 179,184,185,187,188,190,200,202,206,207,208,209,210,216,220,224,226,242,246,254,255,270,272,279
-顔料の微細化-
 本発明においては、赤色顔料は、微細でかつ整粒化された顔料を用いることが好ましい。顔料の微細化は、顔料と水溶性有機溶剤と水溶性無機塩類と共に高粘度な液状組成物を調製し、湿式粉砕装置等を使用して、応力を付加して摩砕する工程を経ることで達成される。
-Refinement of pigment-
In the present invention, the red pigment is preferably a fine and sized pigment. Finer pigments are prepared by preparing a high-viscosity liquid composition together with a pigment, a water-soluble organic solvent, and water-soluble inorganic salts, and applying a stress using a wet pulverizer and grinding. Achieved.
 顔料の微細化工程に使用される水溶性有機溶剤としては、メタノール、エタノール、イソプロパノール、n-プロパノール、イソブタノール、n-ブタノール、エチレングリコール、ジエチレングリコール、ジエチレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、ジエチレングリコールモノエチルエーテル、ジエチレングリコールモノブチルエーテル、プロピレングリコール、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート等を挙げることができる。
 また、少量用いることで顔料に吸着して、廃水中に流失しない限りにおいては、水溶性は低いか、或いは、水溶性を有しない他の溶剤、例えば、ベンゼン、トルエン、キシレン、エチルベンゼン、クロロベンゼン、ニトロベンゼン、アニリン、ピリジン、キノリン、テトラヒドロフラン、ジオキサン、酢酸エチル、酢酸イソプロピル、酢酸ブチル、ヘキサン、ヘプタン、オクタン、ノナン、デカン、ウンデカン、ドデカン、シクロヘキサン、メチルシクロヘキサン、ハロゲン化炭化水素、アセトン、メチルエチルケトン、メチルイソブチルケトン、シクロヘキサノン、ジメチルホルムアミド、ジメチルスルホキシド、N-メチルピロリドン等を用いてもよい。
 顔料の微細化工程に使用する溶剤は、1種のみでもよく、必要に応じて2種類以上を混合して使用してもよい。
Water-soluble organic solvents used in the pigment refinement process include methanol, ethanol, isopropanol, n-propanol, isobutanol, n-butanol, ethylene glycol, diethylene glycol, diethylene glycol monomethyl ether, diethylene glycol monoethyl ether, diethylene glycol monobutyl ether , Propylene glycol, propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate and the like.
Moreover, as long as it is adsorbed to the pigment by being used in a small amount and is not washed away in the waste water, the water solubility is low or other solvents that are not water soluble, such as benzene, toluene, xylene, ethylbenzene, chlorobenzene, Nitrobenzene, aniline, pyridine, quinoline, tetrahydrofuran, dioxane, ethyl acetate, isopropyl acetate, butyl acetate, hexane, heptane, octane, nonane, decane, undecane, dodecane, cyclohexane, methylcyclohexane, halogenated hydrocarbons, acetone, methyl ethyl ketone, methyl Isobutyl ketone, cyclohexanone, dimethylformamide, dimethyl sulfoxide, N-methylpyrrolidone and the like may be used.
Only one type of solvent may be used in the pigment refinement step, or two or more types may be mixed and used as necessary.
 顔料の微細化工程に使用される水溶性無機塩としては、塩化ナトリウム、塩化カリウム、塩化カルシウム、塩化バリウム、硫酸ナトリウム等が挙げられる。
 微細化工程における水溶性無機塩の使用量は、顔料の1~50質量倍が好ましい。水溶性無機塩の使用量は、多い方が摩砕効果はあるが、より好ましい量は生産性の点で1~10質量倍である。また、水分が1%以下の無機塩類を用いることが好ましい。
 微細化工程における水溶性有機溶剤の使用量は、顔料100質量部に対して50~300質量部が好ましく、100~200質量部がより好ましい。
Examples of the water-soluble inorganic salt used in the pigment refining step include sodium chloride, potassium chloride, calcium chloride, barium chloride, sodium sulfate and the like.
The amount of the water-soluble inorganic salt used in the miniaturization step is preferably 1 to 50 times by mass of the pigment. A larger amount of the water-soluble inorganic salt has a grinding effect, but a more preferable amount is 1 to 10 times in terms of productivity. Moreover, it is preferable to use inorganic salts having a moisture content of 1% or less.
The amount of the water-soluble organic solvent used in the miniaturization step is preferably 50 to 300 parts by mass, more preferably 100 to 200 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the pigment.
 顔料の微細化工程における湿式粉砕装置の運転条件については特に制限はないが、粉砕メディアによる磨砕を効果的に進行させるため、装置がニーダーの場合の運転条件は、装置内のブレードの回転数は、10~200rpmが好ましく、また2軸の回転比が相対的に大きいほうが摩砕効果が大きく好ましい。運転時間は乾式粉砕時間と併せて1時間~8時間が好ましく、装置の内温は50~150℃が好ましい。また粉砕メディアである水溶性無機塩は粉砕粒度が5~50μmで粒子径の分布がシャープで、且つ球形が好ましい。 There are no particular restrictions on the operating conditions of the wet pulverizer in the pigment refinement process. However, in order to effectively carry out the grinding with the pulverizing media, the operating condition when the apparatus is a kneader is the rotational speed of the blade in the apparatus. Is preferably from 10 to 200 rpm, and a relatively large biaxial rotation ratio is preferable because of a high grinding effect. The operation time is preferably 1 to 8 hours together with the dry grinding time, and the internal temperature of the apparatus is preferably 50 to 150 ° C. Further, the water-soluble inorganic salt as a grinding medium preferably has a grinding particle size of 5 to 50 μm, a sharp particle size distribution, and a spherical shape.
<<他の有彩色着色剤>>
 本発明の着色組成物は、赤色顔料以外の他の有彩色着色剤を含んでいてもよい。他の有彩色着色剤としては、顔料であってもよく、染料であってもよい。他の着色剤は、1種であってもよく、2種以上であってもよい。
 他の有彩色着色剤としては、波長300~400nmの透過率を下げる目的から黄色顔料が好ましい。黄色顔料は市販で入手できる物であれば特に制限はない。
 なお、本発明において、有彩色着色剤とは、白色着色剤及び黒色着色剤以外の着色剤を意味する。有彩色着色剤は、波長400~700nmの範囲に極大吸収波長を有する着色剤が好ましい。また、「波長400~700nmの範囲に極大吸収波長を有する」とは、吸収スペクトルにおいて、波長400~700nmの範囲に最大の吸光度を示す波長を有することを意味する。例えば、波長350~1300nmの範囲における吸収スペクトルにおいて、波長400~700nmの範囲に最大の吸光度を示す波長を有することが好ましい。
<< Other chromatic colorants >>
The coloring composition of the present invention may contain a chromatic colorant other than the red pigment. Other chromatic colorants may be pigments or dyes. 1 type may be sufficient as another colorant, and 2 or more types may be sufficient as it.
Other chromatic colorants are preferably yellow pigments for the purpose of reducing the transmittance at a wavelength of 300 to 400 nm. The yellow pigment is not particularly limited as long as it is commercially available.
In the present invention, the chromatic colorant means a colorant other than the white colorant and the black colorant. The chromatic colorant is preferably a colorant having a maximum absorption wavelength in the wavelength range of 400 to 700 nm. Further, “having a maximum absorption wavelength in the wavelength range of 400 to 700 nm” means having a wavelength exhibiting the maximum absorbance in the wavelength range of 400 to 700 nm in the absorption spectrum. For example, it is preferable that the absorption spectrum in the wavelength range of 350 to 1300 nm has a wavelength exhibiting the maximum absorbance in the wavelength range of 400 to 700 nm.
 顔料としては、従来公知の種々の顔料を挙げることができる。また、顔料は、高透過率であることが好ましいことを考慮すると、平均粒径がなるべく小さい顔料の使用が好ましく、ハンドリング性をも考慮すると、顔料の平均粒径は、0.01~0.1μmが好ましく、0.01~0.05μmがより好ましい。 Examples of pigments include various conventionally known pigments. In consideration of the fact that the pigment preferably has a high transmittance, it is preferable to use a pigment having an average particle size as small as possible, and considering the handling property, the average particle size of the pigment is 0.01 to 0.00. 1 μm is preferable, and 0.01 to 0.05 μm is more preferable.
 顔料として、以下のものを挙げることができる。但し本発明は、これらに限定されるものではない。
 C.I.ピグメントイエロー1,2,3,4,5,6,10,11,12,13,14,15,16,17,18,20,24,31,32,34,35,35:1,36,36:1,37,37:1,40,42,43,53,55,60,61,62,63,65,73,74,77,81,83,86,93,94,95,97,98,100,101,104,106,108,109,110,113,114,115,116,117,118,119,120,123,125,126,127,128,129,137,138,139,147,148,150,151,152,153,154,155,156,161,162,164,166,167,168,169,170,171,172,173,174,175,176,177,179,180,181,182,185,187,188,193,194,199,213,214等、
 C.I.ピグメントオレンジ 2,5,13,16,17:1,31,34,36,38,43,46,48,49,51,52,55,59,60,61,62,64,71,73等、
 C.I.ピグメントグリーン 7,10,36,37,58,59
 C.I.ピグメントバイオレット 1,19,23,27,32,37,42
 C.I.ピグメントブルー 1,2,15,15:1,15:2,15:3,15:4,15:6,16,22,60,64,66,79,80
The following can be mentioned as a pigment. However, the present invention is not limited to these.
C. I. Pigment Yellow 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 20, 24, 31, 32, 34, 35, 35: 1, 36, 36: 1, 37, 37: 1, 40, 42, 43, 53, 55, 60, 61, 62, 63, 65, 73, 74, 77, 81, 83, 86, 93, 94, 95, 97, 98, 100, 101, 104, 106, 108, 109, 110, 113, 114, 115, 116, 117, 118, 119, 120, 123, 125, 126, 127, 128, 129, 137, 138, 139, 147,148,150,151,152,153,154,155,156,161,162,164,166,167,168,169,170,171,172,173,174,175 176,177,179,180,181,182,185,187,188,193,194,199,213,214, etc.,
C. I. Pigment Orange 2, 5, 13, 16, 17: 1, 31, 34, 36, 38, 43, 46, 48, 49, 51, 52, 55, 59, 60, 61, 62, 64, 71, 73, etc. ,
C. I. Pigment Green 7, 10, 36, 37, 58, 59
C. I. Pigment Violet 1,19,23,27,32,37,42
C. I. Pigment Blue 1, 2, 15, 15: 1, 15: 2, 15: 3, 15: 4, 15: 6, 16, 22, 60, 64, 66, 79, 80
 染料としては、例えば特開昭64-90403号公報、特開昭64-91102号公報、特開平1-94301号公報、特開平6-11614号公報、特登2592207号、米国特許4808501号明細書、米国特許5667920号明細書、米国特許505950号明細書、特開平5-333207号公報、特開平6-35183号公報、特開平6-51115号公報、特開平6-194828号公報等に開示されている色素を使用できる。化学構造として区分すると、ピラゾールアゾ化合物、ピロメテン化合物、アニリノアゾ化合物、トリアリールメタン化合物、アントラキノン化合物、ベンジリデン化合物、オキソノール化合物、ピラゾロトリアゾールアゾ化合物、ピリドンアゾ化合物、シアニン化合物、フェノチアジン化合物、ピロロピラゾールアゾメチン化合物等を使用できる。また、染料としては色素多量体を用いてもよい。色素多量体としては、特開2011-213925号公報、特開2013-041097号公報に記載されている化合物が挙げられる。 Examples of the dye include, for example, JP-A No. 64-90403, JP-A No. 64-91102, JP-A No. 1-94301, JP-A No. 6-11614, No. 2592207, and US Pat. No. 4,808,501. No. 5,667,920, U.S. Pat. No. 505950, JP-A-5-333207, JP-A-6-35183, JP-A-6-51115, JP-A-6-194828, etc. Can be used. When classified as chemical structures, pyrazole azo compounds, pyromethene compounds, anilinoazo compounds, triarylmethane compounds, anthraquinone compounds, benzylidene compounds, oxonol compounds, pyrazolotriazole azo compounds, pyridone azo compounds, cyanine compounds, phenothiazine compounds, pyrrolopyrazole azomethine compounds, etc. Can be used. A dye multimer may be used as the dye. Examples of the dye multimer include compounds described in JP2011-213925A and JP2013-041097A.
 本発明の着色組成物が他の有彩色着色剤を含有する場合、着色組成物中の全固形分に対する他の有彩色着色剤の含有量は、1~60質量%が好ましい。下限は、5質量%以上がより好ましく、10質量%以上が更に好ましい。上限は、50質量%以下がより好ましい。 When the colored composition of the present invention contains another chromatic colorant, the content of the other chromatic colorant with respect to the total solid content in the colored composition is preferably 1 to 60% by mass. The lower limit is more preferably 5% by mass or more, and still more preferably 10% by mass or more. The upper limit is more preferably 50% by mass or less.
<<樹脂>>
 本発明の着色組成物は、樹脂を含有する。樹脂は、例えば、顔料を組成物中で分散させる用途、バインダーの用途で配合される。なお、主に顔料を分散させるために用いられる樹脂を分散剤ともいう。ただし、樹脂のこのような用途は一例であって、このような用途以外を目的で使用することもできる。
<< Resin >>
The coloring composition of the present invention contains a resin. The resin is blended, for example, for the purpose of dispersing the pigment in the composition or the purpose of the binder. In addition, the resin mainly used for dispersing the pigment is also referred to as a dispersant. However, such use of the resin is merely an example, and the resin can be used for other purposes.
 樹脂の重量平均分子量(Mw)は、2,000~2,000,000が好ましい。上限は、1,000,000以下が好ましく、500,000以下がより好ましい。下限は、3,000以上が好ましく、5,000以上がより好ましい。 The weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the resin is preferably 2,000 to 2,000,000. The upper limit is preferably 1,000,000 or less, and more preferably 500,000 or less. The lower limit is preferably 3,000 or more, and more preferably 5,000 or more.
 樹脂の含有量は、着色組成物の全固形分の1~80質量%であることが好ましい。下限は、5質量%以上が好ましく、10質量%以上がより好ましい。上限は、70質量%以下が好ましく、60質量%以下がより好ましい。本発明の着色組成物は、樹脂を、1種類のみを含んでいてもよいし、2種類以上含んでいてもよい。2種類以上含む場合は、その合計量が上記範囲となることが好ましい。 The resin content is preferably 1 to 80% by mass of the total solid content of the coloring composition. The lower limit is preferably 5% by mass or more, and more preferably 10% by mass or more. The upper limit is preferably 70% by mass or less, and more preferably 60% by mass or less. The colored composition of the present invention may contain only one type of resin, or may contain two or more types of resins. When two or more types are included, the total amount is preferably within the above range.
 本発明の着色組成物は、樹脂として分散剤を含有することができる。
 分散剤は、酸基及び塩基性基から選ばれる少なくとも一種を有する樹脂が好ましく、酸基を有する樹脂がより好ましい。樹脂が有する酸基としては、例えば、カルボキシ基、リン酸基、スルホン酸基、フェノール性水酸基などが挙げられる。樹脂が有する塩基性基としては、アミノ基などが挙げられる。また、本発明では、分散剤として、酸基及び塩基性基を有さない樹脂を用いることもできる。
The coloring composition of the present invention can contain a dispersant as a resin.
The dispersant is preferably a resin having at least one selected from an acid group and a basic group, and more preferably a resin having an acid group. Examples of the acid group that the resin has include a carboxy group, a phosphoric acid group, a sulfonic acid group, and a phenolic hydroxyl group. Examples of basic groups possessed by the resin include amino groups. Moreover, in this invention, resin which does not have an acid group and a basic group can also be used as a dispersing agent.
 樹脂が酸基を有する場合、樹脂の酸価は、30~300mgKOH/gが好ましい。下限は、30mgKOH/g以上がより好ましく、40mgKOH/g以上が更に好ましく、50mgKOH/g以上が一層好ましい。上限は、300mgKOH/g以下がより好ましく、200mgKOH/g以下が更に好ましい。 When the resin has an acid group, the acid value of the resin is preferably 30 to 300 mgKOH / g. The lower limit is more preferably 30 mgKOH / g or more, still more preferably 40 mgKOH / g or more, and even more preferably 50 mgKOH / g or more. The upper limit is more preferably 300 mgKOH / g or less, still more preferably 200 mgKOH / g or less.
 本発明において、樹脂は、グラフト共重合体を含むことが好ましい。本発明において、グラフト重合体は、赤色顔料の分散剤として好ましく用いることができる。なお、本発明において、グラフト共重合体とは、グラフト鎖を有する樹脂を意味する。また、グラフト鎖とは、ポリマーの主鎖の根元から、主鎖から枝分かれしている基の末端までを示す。 In the present invention, the resin preferably contains a graft copolymer. In the present invention, the graft polymer can be preferably used as a dispersant for a red pigment. In the present invention, the graft copolymer means a resin having a graft chain. The graft chain means from the base of the main chain of the polymer to the end of the group branched from the main chain.
 グラフト共重合体としては、水素原子を除いた原子数が40~10000の範囲であるグラフト鎖を有する樹脂が好ましい。また、グラフト鎖1本あたりの水素原子を除いた原子数は、40~10000が好ましく、50~2000がより好ましく、60~500が更に好ましい。 As the graft copolymer, a resin having a graft chain in which the number of atoms excluding hydrogen atoms is in the range of 40 to 10,000 is preferable. Further, the number of atoms excluding hydrogen atoms per graft chain is preferably 40 to 10,000, more preferably 50 to 2000, and still more preferably 60 to 500.
 グラフト共重合体の主鎖構造としては、(メタ)アクリル樹脂、ポリエステル樹脂、ポリウレタン樹脂、ポリウレア樹脂、ポリアミド樹脂、ポリエーテル樹脂などが挙げられる。なかでも、(メタ)アクリル樹脂が好ましい。
 グラフト共重合体のグラフト鎖としては、グラフト部位と溶剤との相互作用性を向上させ、それにより分散性を高めるために、ポリ(メタ)アクリル、ポリエステル、又はポリエーテルを有するグラフト鎖であることが好ましく、ポリエステル又はポリエーテルを有するグラフト鎖であることがより好ましい。
Examples of the main chain structure of the graft copolymer include (meth) acrylic resin, polyester resin, polyurethane resin, polyurea resin, polyamide resin, and polyether resin. Of these, a (meth) acrylic resin is preferable.
The graft chain of the graft copolymer is a graft chain having poly (meth) acrylic, polyester, or polyether in order to improve the interaction between the graft site and the solvent and thereby increase dispersibility. Is preferable, and a graft chain having polyester or polyether is more preferable.
 グラフト共重合体の重量平均分子量(Mw)は、5000~100000が好ましく、10000~50000がより好ましく、10000~30000が更に好ましい。グラフト共重合体の数平均分子量(Mn)は、2500~50000が好ましく、5000~30000がより好ましく、5000~15000が更に好ましい。 The weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the graft copolymer is preferably from 5,000 to 100,000, more preferably from 10,000 to 50,000, still more preferably from 10,000 to 30,000. The number average molecular weight (Mn) of the graft copolymer is preferably 2500 to 50000, more preferably 5000 to 30000, and still more preferably 5000 to 15000.
 グラフト共重合体をラジカル重合で製造する際に用いるマクロモノマーとしては、公知のマクロモノマーを用いることができ、東亞合成(株)製のマクロモノマーAA-6(末端基がメタクリロイル基であるポリメタクリル酸メチル)、AS-6(末端基がメタクリロイル基であるポリスチレン)、AN-6S(末端基がメタクリロイル基であるスチレンとアクリロニトリルの共重合体)、AB-6(末端基がメタクリロイル基であるポリアクリル酸ブチル)、(株)ダイセル製のプラクセルFM5(メタクリル酸2-ヒドロキシエチルのε-カプロラクトン5モル当量付加品)、FA10L(アクリル酸2-ヒドロキシエチルのε-カプロラクトン10モル当量付加品)、及び特開平2-272009号公報に記載のポリエステル系マクロモノマー等が挙げられる。 As the macromonomer used when the graft copolymer is produced by radical polymerization, a known macromonomer can be used, which is a macromonomer AA-6 (polymethacrylic group whose terminal group is a methacryloyl group) manufactured by Toagosei Co., Ltd. Acid-6), AS-6 (polystyrene whose terminal group is a methacryloyl group), AN-6S (a copolymer of styrene and acrylonitrile whose terminal group is a methacryloyl group), AB-6 (polyester whose terminal group is a methacryloyl group) Butyl acrylate), PLACEL FM5 manufactured by Daicel Corporation (2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate with 5 molar equivalents of ε-caprolactone), FA10L (2-hydroxyethyl acrylate with 10 molar equivalents of ε-caprolactone), And a polyester-based macro described in JP-A-2-272009 And monomers.
 本発明において、樹脂は、下記式(1)~(4)のいずれかで表される繰り返し単位を含むグラフト共重合体を用いることもできる。 In the present invention, as the resin, a graft copolymer containing a repeating unit represented by any of the following formulas (1) to (4) can also be used.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000005
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000005
 式(1)~式(4)において、W、W、W、及びWはそれぞれ独立に酸素原子、又は、NHを表し、
 X、X、X、X、及びXはそれぞれ独立に水素原子又は1価の有機基を表し、
 Y、Y、Y、及びYはそれぞれ独立に2価の連結基を表し、
 Z、Z、Z、及びZはそれぞれ独立に1価の有機基を表し、
 Rはアルキレン基を表し、
 Rは水素原子又は1価の有機基を表し、
 n、m、p、及びqはそれぞれ独立に1~500の整数を表し、
 j及びkはそれぞれ独立に2~8の整数を表し、
 式(3)において、pが2~500のとき、複数存在するRは互いに同じであっても異なっていてもよく、
 式(4)において、qが2~500のとき、複数存在するX及びRは互いに同じであっても異なっていてもよい。
In formulas (1) to (4), W 1 , W 2 , W 3 , and W 4 each independently represent an oxygen atom or NH,
X 1 , X 2 , X 3 , X 4 , and X 5 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group,
Y 1 , Y 2 , Y 3 , and Y 4 each independently represent a divalent linking group,
Z 1 , Z 2 , Z 3 , and Z 4 each independently represent a monovalent organic group,
R 3 represents an alkylene group,
R 4 represents a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group,
n, m, p, and q each independently represents an integer of 1 to 500;
j and k each independently represents an integer of 2 to 8,
In the formula (3), when p is 2 to 500, a plurality of R 3 may be the same or different from each other,
In the formula (4), when q is 2 to 500, a plurality of X 5 and R 4 may be the same or different from each other.
 式(1)~式(4)において、W、W、W、及びWはそれぞれ独立に酸素原子又はNHを表す。W、W、W、及びWは酸素原子であることが好ましい。 In the formulas (1) to (4), W 1 , W 2 , W 3 , and W 4 each independently represent an oxygen atom or NH. W 1 , W 2 , W 3 , and W 4 are preferably oxygen atoms.
 式(1)~式(4)において、X、X、X、X、及びXは、それぞれ独立に、水素原子又は1価の有機基を表す。X、X、X、X、及びXとしては、合成上の制約の観点からは、それぞれ独立に、水素原子又は炭素数1~12のアルキル基であることが好ましく、それぞれ独立に、水素原子又はメチル基であることがより好ましく、メチル基が特に好ましい。 In the formulas (1) to (4), X 1 , X 2 , X 3 , X 4 , and X 5 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group. X 1 , X 2 , X 3 , X 4 , and X 5 are each independently preferably a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms from the viewpoint of synthesis constraints. Further, a hydrogen atom or a methyl group is more preferable, and a methyl group is particularly preferable.
 式(1)~式(4)において、Y、Y、Y、及びYは、それぞれ独立に、2価の連結基を表し、連結基は特に構造上制約されない。Y、Y、Y、及びYで表される2価の連結基として、具体的には、下記の(Y-1)~(Y-21)の連結基などが例として挙げられる。下記に示した構造において、A、Bはそれぞれ、式(1)~式(4)における左末端基、右末端基との結合部位を意味する。 In the formulas (1) to (4), Y 1 , Y 2 , Y 3 , and Y 4 each independently represent a divalent linking group, and the linking group is not particularly limited in structure. Specific examples of the divalent linking group represented by Y 1 , Y 2 , Y 3 , and Y 4 include the following (Y-1) to (Y-21) linking groups. . In the structures shown below, A and B represent binding sites with the left end group and the right end group in Formulas (1) to (4), respectively.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000006
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000006
 式(1)~式(4)において、Z、Z、Z、及びZは、それぞれ独立に1価の有機基を表す。1価の有機基の構造は、特に限定されないが、具体的には、アルキル基、水酸基、アルコキシ基、アリールオキシ基、ヘテロアリールオキシ基、アルキルチオエーテル基、アリールチオエーテル基、ヘテロアリールチオエーテル基、及びアミノ基などが挙げられる。これらの中でも、Z、Z、Z、及びZで表される有機基としては、特に分散性向上の観点から、立体反発効果を有するものが好ましく、各々独立に炭素数5~24のアルキル基又はアルコキシ基が好ましく、その中でも、特に各々独立に炭素数5~24の分岐アルキル基、炭素数5~24の環状アルキル基、又は、炭素数5~24のアルコキシ基が好ましい。なお、アルコキシ基中に含まれるアルキル基は、直鎖状、分岐鎖状、環状のいずれでもよい。 In the formulas (1) to (4), Z 1 , Z 2 , Z 3 , and Z 4 each independently represent a monovalent organic group. The structure of the monovalent organic group is not particularly limited. Specifically, an alkyl group, a hydroxyl group, an alkoxy group, an aryloxy group, a heteroaryloxy group, an alkylthioether group, an arylthioether group, a heteroarylthioether group, and An amino group etc. are mentioned. Among these, as the organic group represented by Z 1 , Z 2 , Z 3 , and Z 4 , those having a steric repulsion effect are particularly preferable from the viewpoint of improving dispersibility, and each independently has 5 to 24 carbon atoms. Of these, a branched alkyl group having 5 to 24 carbon atoms, a cyclic alkyl group having 5 to 24 carbon atoms, or an alkoxy group having 5 to 24 carbon atoms is particularly preferable. The alkyl group contained in the alkoxy group may be linear, branched or cyclic.
 式(1)~式(4)において、n、m、p、及びqは、それぞれ独立に、1~500の整数である。また、式(1)及び式(2)において、j及びkは、それぞれ独立に、2~8の整数を表す。式(1)及び式(2)におけるj及びkは、分散安定性、現像性の観点から、4~6の整数が好ましく、5が最も好ましい。 In the formulas (1) to (4), n, m, p, and q are each independently an integer of 1 to 500. In the formulas (1) and (2), j and k each independently represent an integer of 2 to 8. J and k in the formulas (1) and (2) are preferably integers of 4 to 6 and most preferably 5 from the viewpoints of dispersion stability and developability.
 式(3)中、Rはアルキレン基を表し、炭素数1~10のアルキレン基が好ましく、炭素数2又は3のアルキレン基がより好ましい。pが2~500のとき、複数存在するRは互いに同じであっても異なっていてもよい。 In the formula (3), R 3 represents an alkylene group, preferably an alkylene group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, and more preferably an alkylene group having 2 or 3 carbon atoms. When p is 2 to 500, a plurality of R 3 may be the same or different from each other.
 式(4)中、Rは水素原子又は1価の有機基を表す。1価の有機基としては特に構造上限定はされない。Rとして好ましくは、水素原子、アルキル基、アリール基、及びヘテロアリール基が挙げられ、更に好ましくは、水素原子、又はアルキル基である。Rがアルキル基である場合、炭素数1~20の直鎖アルキル基、炭素数3~20の分岐アルキル基、又は炭素数5~20の環状アルキル基が好ましく、炭素数1~20の直鎖アルキル基がより好ましく、炭素数1~6の直鎖アルキル基が特に好ましい。式(4)において、qが2~500のとき、グラフト共重合体中に複数存在するX及びRは互いに同じであっても異なっていてもよい。 In formula (4), R 4 represents a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group. The monovalent organic group is not particularly limited in terms of structure. R 4 preferably includes a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group, and a heteroaryl group, and more preferably a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group. When R 4 is an alkyl group, a linear alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, a branched alkyl group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms, or a cyclic alkyl group having 5 to 20 carbon atoms is preferable. A chain alkyl group is more preferable, and a linear alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms is particularly preferable. In the formula (4), when q is 2 to 500, a plurality of X 5 and R 4 present in the graft copolymer may be the same or different from each other.
 グラフト重合体は、分散安定性、現像性の観点から、下記式(1A)で表される繰り返し単位及び
下記式(2A)で表される繰り返し単位から選ばれる少なくとも1種を含有することが好ましい。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000007
The graft polymer preferably contains at least one selected from a repeating unit represented by the following formula (1A) and a repeating unit represented by the following formula (2A) from the viewpoints of dispersion stability and developability. .
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000007
 式(1A)中、X、Y、Z及びnは、式(1)におけるX、Y、Z及びnと同義であり、好ましい範囲も同様である。
 式(2A)中、X、Y、Z及びmは、式(2)におけるX、Y、Z及びmと同義であり、好ましい範囲も同様である。
Wherein (1A), X 1, Y 1, Z 1 and n are as defined X 1, Y 1, Z 1 and n in Formula (1), and preferred ranges are also the same.
Wherein (2A), X 2, Y 2, Z 2 and m are as defined X 2, Y 2, Z 2 and m in the formula (2), and preferred ranges are also the same.
 上記グラフト重合体は、上述した式(1)~(4)で表される繰り返し単位の他に、酸基を有する繰り返し単位を含むことが好ましい。上記酸基としては、例えば、カルボキシ基、スルホン酸基、リン酸基、及び、フェノール性水酸基などが挙げられ、カルボキシ基、フェノール性水酸基が好ましい。酸基を有する繰り返し単位の含有量は、グラフト樹脂の全質量に対して、5~95質量%が好ましく、10~95質量%がより好ましい。 The graft polymer preferably contains a repeating unit having an acid group in addition to the repeating unit represented by the above formulas (1) to (4). Examples of the acid group include a carboxy group, a sulfonic acid group, a phosphoric acid group, and a phenolic hydroxyl group, and a carboxy group and a phenolic hydroxyl group are preferable. The content of the repeating unit having an acid group is preferably 5 to 95% by mass and more preferably 10 to 95% by mass with respect to the total mass of the graft resin.
 上記グラフト重合体は、上記グラフト鎖及び酸基以外の、顔料と相互作用を形成しうる官能基を有する繰り返し単位を更に有していても良い。前述した官能基を有する繰り返し単位は、特に構造上限定されないが、例えば、塩基性基を有する繰り返し単位、配位性基を有する繰り返し単位、反応性を有する基を有する繰り返し単位などが挙げられる。 The graft polymer may further have a repeating unit having a functional group capable of interacting with the pigment other than the graft chain and the acid group. The above-mentioned repeating unit having a functional group is not particularly limited in terms of structure, and examples thereof include a repeating unit having a basic group, a repeating unit having a coordinating group, and a repeating unit having a reactive group.
 塩基性基としては、例えば、第1級アミノ基、第2級アミノ基、第3級アミノ基、N原子を含むヘテロ環、アミド基などが挙げられる。配位性基、反応性を有する基としては、例えば、アセチルアセトキシ基、トリアルコキシシリル基、イソシアネート基、酸無水物残基、酸塩化物残基などが挙げられる。グラフト重合体は、前述した官能基を有する繰り返し単位を含有してもしなくても良いが、含有する場合、
グラフト樹脂の全質量に対して、0.1~50質量%が好ましく、0.1~30質量%がより好ましい。
Examples of the basic group include a primary amino group, a secondary amino group, a tertiary amino group, a heterocyclic ring containing an N atom, and an amide group. Examples of the coordinating group and the reactive group include acetylacetoxy group, trialkoxysilyl group, isocyanate group, acid anhydride residue, acid chloride residue and the like. The graft polymer may or may not contain the above-mentioned repeating unit having a functional group.
The amount is preferably 0.1 to 50% by mass, more preferably 0.1 to 30% by mass, based on the total mass of the graft resin.
 上記グラフト重合体は、上述した式(1)~(4)で表される繰り返し単位の他に、疎水性繰り返し単位を有することも好ましい。疎水性繰り返し単位は、好ましくは、ClogP値が1.2以上の化合物(モノマー)に由来する(対応する)繰り返し単位であり、より好ましくは、ClogP値が1.2~8の化合物に由来する繰り返し単位である。 The graft polymer preferably has a hydrophobic repeating unit in addition to the repeating units represented by the above formulas (1) to (4). The hydrophobic repeating unit is preferably a repeating unit derived from (corresponding to) a compound (monomer) having a ClogP value of 1.2 or more, more preferably derived from a compound having a ClogP value of 1.2 to 8. It is a repeating unit.
 ClogP値は、Daylight Chemical Information System, Inc.から入手できるプログラム“CLOGP”で計算された値である。このプログラムは、Hansch, Leoのフラグメントアプローチ(下記文献参照)により算出される“計算logP”の値を提供する。フラグメントアプローチは化合物の化学構造に基づいており、化学構造を部分構造(フラグメント)に分割し、そのフラグメントに対して割り当てられたlogP寄与分を合計することにより化合物のlogP値を推算している。その詳細は以下の文献に記載されている。本発明では、プログラムCLOGP v4.82により計算したClogP値を用いる。
 A. J. Leo, Comprehensive Medicinal Chemistry, Vol.4, C. Hansch, P. G. Sammes, J. B. Taylor and C. A. Ramsden, Eds., p.295, Pergamon Press, 1990; C. Hansch & A. J. Leo. Substituent Constants For Correlation Analysis in Chemistry and Biology. John Wiley & Sons.; A.J. Leo. Calculating log Poct from structure. Chem. Rev., 93, 1281-1306, 1993.
ClogP values can be obtained from Daylight Chemical Information System, Inc. It is a value calculated by the program “CLOGP” available from This program provides the value of “computation logP” calculated by Hansch, Leo's fragment approach (see below). The fragment approach is based on the chemical structure of a compound, which divides the chemical structure into substructures (fragments) and estimates the logP value of the compound by summing the logP contributions assigned to that fragment. Details thereof are described in the following documents. In the present invention, the ClogP value calculated by the program CLOGP v4.82 is used.
A. J. et al. Leo, Comprehensive Medicinal Chemistry, Vol. 4, C.I. Hansch, P.A. G. Sammes, J.M. B. Taylor and C.M. A. Ramsden, Eds. , P. 295, Pergamon Press, 1990; Hansch & A. J. et al. Leo. Substituent Constants For Correlation Analysis in Chemistry and Biology. John Wiley & Sons. A. J. et al. Leo. Calculating log Poc from structure. Chem. Rev. , 93, 1281-1306, 1993.
 logPは、分配係数P(Partition Coefficient)の常用対数を意味し、ある有機化合物が油(一般的には1-オクタノール)と水の2相系の平衡でどのように分配されるかを定量的な数値として表す物性値であり、以下の式で示される。
logP=log(Coil/Cwater)
 式中、Coilは油相中の化合物のモル濃度を、Cwaterは水相中の化合物のモル濃度を表す。
 logPの値が0をはさんでプラスに大きくなると油溶性が増し、マイナスで絶対値が大きくなると水溶性が増すことを意味し、有機化合物の水溶性と負の相関があり、有機化合物の親疎水性を見積るパラメータとして広く利用されている。
logP means the common logarithm of the partition coefficient P (Partition Coefficient), and quantitatively determines how an organic compound is distributed in the equilibrium of a two-phase system of oil (generally 1-octanol) and water. It is a physical property value expressed as a numerical value, and is represented by the following formula.
logP = log (Coil / Cwater)
In the formula, Coil represents the molar concentration of the compound in the oil phase, and Cwater represents the molar concentration of the compound in the aqueous phase.
When the logP value increases to a positive value across 0, the oil solubility increases. When the logP value increases to a negative value, the water solubility increases. There is a negative correlation with the water solubility of the organic compound. It is widely used as a parameter for estimating aqueous properties.
 グラフト共重合体は、疎水性繰り返し単位として、下記式(i)~(iii)表されるモノマーに由来の繰り返し単位から選択された1種以上の繰り返し単位を有することが好ましい。 The graft copolymer preferably has one or more types of repeating units selected from repeating units derived from monomers represented by the following formulas (i) to (iii) as hydrophobic repeating units.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000008
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000008
 上記式(i)~(iii)中、R、R、及びRは、それぞれ独立に、水素原子、ハロゲン原子(例えば、フッ素、塩素、臭素等)、又は炭素原子数が1~6のアルキル基(例えば、メチル基、エチル基、プロピル基等)を表す。R、R、及びRは、より好ましくは水素原子、又は炭素原子数が1~3のアルキル基であり、最も好ましくは、水素原子又はメチル基である。R及びRは、水素原子であることが特に好ましい。 In the above formulas (i) to (iii), R 1 , R 2 , and R 3 each independently represents a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom (eg, fluorine, chlorine, bromine, etc.), or a carbon atom number of 1 to 6 An alkyl group (for example, a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, etc.). R 1 , R 2 , and R 3 are more preferably a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, and most preferably a hydrogen atom or a methyl group. R 2 and R 3 are particularly preferably a hydrogen atom.
 Xは、酸素原子(-O-)又はイミノ基(-NH-)を表し、酸素原子であることが好ましい。 X represents an oxygen atom (—O—) or an imino group (—NH—), and is preferably an oxygen atom.
 Lは、単結合又は2価の連結基である。2価の連結基としては、2価の脂肪族基(例えば、アルキレン基、置換アルキレン基、アルケニレン基、置換アルケニレン基、アルキニレン基、置換アルキニレン基)、2価の芳香族基(例えば、アリーレン基、置換アリーレン基)、2価の複素環基、酸素原子(-O-)、硫黄原子(-S-)、イミノ基(-NH-)、置換イミノ基(-NR31-、ここでR31は脂肪族基、芳香族基又は複素環基)、カルボニル基(-CO-)、又は、これらの組合せ等が挙げられる。
 Lは、単結合、アルキレン基又はオキシアルキレン構造を含む2価の連結基であることが好ましい。オキシアルキレン構造は、オキシエチレン構造又はオキシプロピレン構造であることがより好ましい。また、Lは、オキシアルキレン構造を2以上繰り返して含むポリオキシアルキレン構造を含んでいてもよい。ポリオキシアルキレン構造としては、ポリオキシエチレン構造又はポリオキシプロピレン構造が好ましい。ポリオキシエチレン構造は、-(OCHCH-で表され、nは、2以上の整数が好ましく、2~10の整数であることがより好ましい。
L is a single bond or a divalent linking group. As the divalent linking group, a divalent aliphatic group (for example, alkylene group, substituted alkylene group, alkenylene group, substituted alkenylene group, alkynylene group, substituted alkynylene group), divalent aromatic group (for example, arylene group) , Substituted arylene group), divalent heterocyclic group, oxygen atom (—O—), sulfur atom (—S—), imino group (—NH—), substituted imino group (—NR 31 —, where R 31 Are aliphatic groups, aromatic groups or heterocyclic groups), carbonyl groups (—CO—), or combinations thereof.
L is preferably a single bond, an alkylene group or a divalent linking group containing an oxyalkylene structure. The oxyalkylene structure is more preferably an oxyethylene structure or an oxypropylene structure. L may contain a polyoxyalkylene structure containing two or more oxyalkylene structures. The polyoxyalkylene structure is preferably a polyoxyethylene structure or a polyoxypropylene structure. The polyoxyethylene structure is represented by — (OCH 2 CH 2 ) n —, and n is preferably an integer of 2 or more, and more preferably an integer of 2 to 10.
 Zとしては、脂肪族基(例えば、アルキル基、置換アルキル基、不飽和アルキル基、置換不飽和アルキル基、)、芳香族基(例えば、アリール基、置換アリール基)、複素環基、酸素原子(-O-)、硫黄原子(-S-)、イミノ基(-NH-)、置換イミノ基(-NR31-、ここでR31は脂肪族基、芳香族基又は複素環基)、カルボニル基(-CO-)、又は、これらの組合せ等が挙げられる。 Z is an aliphatic group (eg, alkyl group, substituted alkyl group, unsaturated alkyl group, substituted unsaturated alkyl group), aromatic group (eg, aryl group, substituted aryl group), heterocyclic group, oxygen atom (—O—), sulfur atom (—S—), imino group (—NH—), substituted imino group (—NR 31 —, wherein R 31 is an aliphatic group, aromatic group or heterocyclic group), carbonyl And a group (—CO—) or a combination thereof.
 脂肪族基は、環状構造又は分岐構造を有していてもよい。脂肪族基の炭素原子数は、1~20が好ましく、1~15がより好ましく、1~10が更に好ましい。脂肪族基には、更に環集合炭化水素基、架橋環式炭化水素基が含まれ、環集合炭化水素基の例としては、ビシクロヘキシル基、パーヒドロナフタレニル基、ビフェニル基、4-シクロヘキシルフェニル基などが含まれる。架橋環式炭化水素環として、例えば、ピナン、ボルナン、ノルピナン、ノルボルナン、ビシクロオクタン環(ビシクロ[2.2.2]オクタン環、ビシクロ[3.2.1]オクタン環等)などの2環式炭化水素環、ホモブレダン、アダマンタン、トリシクロ[5.2.1.02,6]デカン、トリシクロ[4.3.1.12,5]ウンデカン環などの3環式炭化水素環、テトラシクロ[4.4.0.12,5.17,10]ドデカン、パーヒドロ-1,4-メタノ-5,8-メタノナフタレン環などの4環式炭化水素環などが挙げられる。また、架橋環式炭化水素環には、縮合環式炭化水素環、例えば、パーヒドロナフタレン(デカリン)、パーヒドロアントラセン、パーヒドロフェナントレン、パーヒドロアセナフテン、パーヒドロフルオレン、パーヒドロインデン、パーヒドロフェナレン環などの5~8員シクロアルカン環が複数個縮合した縮合環も含まれる。脂肪族基は不飽和脂肪族基よりも飽和脂肪族基の方が好ましい。また、脂肪族基は、置換基を有していてもよい。置換基の例は、ハロゲン原子、芳香族基及び複素環基が挙げられる。ただし、Zで表される脂肪族基は、置換基として酸基を有さない。 The aliphatic group may have a cyclic structure or a branched structure. The number of carbon atoms in the aliphatic group is preferably 1-20, more preferably 1-15, still more preferably 1-10. The aliphatic group further includes a ring assembly hydrocarbon group and a bridged cyclic hydrocarbon group. Examples of the ring assembly hydrocarbon group include a bicyclohexyl group, a perhydronaphthalenyl group, a biphenyl group, and 4-cyclohexyl. A phenyl group and the like are included. As the bridged cyclic hydrocarbon ring, for example, bicyclic such as pinane, bornane, norpinane, norbornane, bicyclooctane ring (bicyclo [2.2.2] octane ring, bicyclo [3.2.1] octane ring, etc.) Hydrocarbon ring, homobredan, adamantane, tricyclo [5.2.1.0 2,6 ] decane, tricyclic hydrocarbon ring such as tricyclo [4.3.1.1 2,5 ] undecane ring, tetracyclo [4 .4.0.1 2,5 . 1 7,10 ] dodecane, and tetracyclic hydrocarbon rings such as perhydro-1,4-methano-5,8-methanonaphthalene ring. The bridged cyclic hydrocarbon ring includes a condensed cyclic hydrocarbon ring such as perhydronaphthalene (decalin), perhydroanthracene, perhydrophenanthrene, perhydroacenaphthene, perhydrofluorene, perhydroindene, perhydroindene. A condensed ring formed by condensing a plurality of 5- to 8-membered cycloalkane rings such as a phenalene ring is also included. The aliphatic group is preferably a saturated aliphatic group rather than an unsaturated aliphatic group. Further, the aliphatic group may have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include a halogen atom, an aromatic group, and a heterocyclic group. However, the aliphatic group represented by Z does not have an acid group as a substituent.
 芳香族基の炭素原子数は、6~20が好ましく、6~15がより好ましく、6~10が更に好ましい。また、芳香族基は置換基を有していてもよい。置換基の例は、ハロゲン原子、脂肪族基、芳香族基及び複素環基が挙げられる。ただし、Zで表される芳香族基は、置換基として酸基を有さない。 The number of carbon atoms in the aromatic group is preferably 6 to 20, more preferably 6 to 15, and still more preferably 6 to 10. The aromatic group may have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include a halogen atom, an aliphatic group, an aromatic group, and a heterocyclic group. However, the aromatic group represented by Z does not have an acid group as a substituent.
 複素環基は、複素環として5員環又は6員環を有することが好ましい。複素環に他の複素環、脂肪族環又は芳香族環が縮合していてもよい。また、複素環基は置換基を有していてもよい。置換基の例としては、ハロゲン原子、ヒドロキシ基、オキソ基(=O)、チオキソ基(=S)、イミノ基(=NH)、置換イミノ基(=N-R32、ここでR32は脂肪族基、芳香族基又は複素環基)、脂肪族基、芳香族基及び複素環基が挙げられる。ただし、Zで表される複素環基は、置換基として酸基を有さない。 The heterocyclic group preferably has a 5-membered or 6-membered ring as the heterocycle. Another heterocyclic ring, an aliphatic ring or an aromatic ring may be condensed with the heterocyclic ring. Moreover, the heterocyclic group may have a substituent. Examples of substituents include halogen atoms, hydroxy groups, oxo groups (═O), thioxo groups (═S), imino groups (═NH), substituted imino groups (═N—R 32 , where R 32 is a fatty acid Aromatic group, aromatic group or heterocyclic group), aliphatic group, aromatic group and heterocyclic group. However, the heterocyclic group represented by Z does not have an acid group as a substituent.
 上記式(iii)中、R、R、及びRは、それぞれ独立に、水素原子、ハロゲン原子(例えば、フッ素、塩素、臭素等)、又は炭素原子数が1~6のアルキル基(例えば、メチル基、エチル基、プロピル基等)、Z、又は-L-Zを表す。ここでL及びZは、上記におけるものと同義である。R、R、及びRとしては、水素原子、又は炭素数が1~3のアルキル基が好ましく、水素原子がより好ましい。 In the above formula (iii), R 4 , R 5 , and R 6 are each independently a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom (eg, fluorine, chlorine, bromine, etc.), or an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms ( For example, it represents a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, etc.), Z, or -LZ. Here, L and Z are as defined above. R 4 , R 5 and R 6 are preferably a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, more preferably a hydrogen atom.
 式(i)~(iii)で表される代表的な化合物の例としては、アクリル酸エステル類、メタクリル酸エステル類、スチレン類などから選ばれるラジカル重合性化合物が挙げられる。なお、式(i)~(iii)で表される化合物の例としては、特開2013-249417号公報の段落番号0089~0093に記載の化合物を参照でき、これらの内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。 Examples of typical compounds represented by formulas (i) to (iii) include radically polymerizable compounds selected from acrylic acid esters, methacrylic acid esters, styrenes, and the like. As examples of the compounds represented by formulas (i) to (iii), the compounds described in paragraph numbers 0089 to 0093 of JP2013-249417A can be referred to, and the contents thereof are incorporated in the present specification. It is.
 上記グラフト共重合体の具体例としては、例えば、以下が挙げられる。また、特開2012-255128号公報の段落番号0072~0094に記載の樹脂を用いることができる。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000009
Specific examples of the graft copolymer include the following. Further, resins described in JP-A-2012-255128, paragraphs 0072 to 0094 can be used.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000009
 分散剤(樹脂)は、市販品としても入手可能であり、そのような具体例としては、BYKChemie社製「Disperbyk-101(ポリアミドアミン燐酸塩)、107(カルボン酸エステル)、110、111(酸基を含む共重合物)、130(ポリアミド)、161、162、163、164、165、166、170(高分子共重合物)」、「BYK-P104、P105(高分子量不飽和ポリカルボン酸)」、EFKA社製「EFKA4047、4050~4165(ポリウレタン系)、EFKA4330~4340(ブロック共重合体)、4400~4402(変性ポリアクリレート)、5010(ポリエステルアミド)、5765(高分子量ポリカルボン酸塩)、6220(脂肪酸ポリエステル)、6745(フタロシアニン誘導体)、6750(アゾ顔料誘導体)」、味の素ファインテクノ社製「アジスパーPB821、PB822、PB880、PB881」、共栄社化学社製「フローレンTG-710(ウレタンオリゴマー)」、「ポリフローNo.50E、No.300(アクリル系共重合体)」、楠本化成社製「ディスパロンKS-860、873SN、874、#2150(脂肪族多価カルボン酸)、#7004(ポリエーテルエステル)、DA-703-50、DA-705、DA-725」、花王社製「デモールRN、N(ナフタレンスルホン酸ホルマリン重縮合物)、MS、C、SN-B(芳香族スルホン酸ホルマリン重縮合物)」、「ホモゲノールL-18(高分子ポリカルボン酸)」、「エマルゲン920、930、935、985(ポリオキシエチレンノニルフェニルエーテル)」、「アセタミン86(ステアリルアミンアセテート)」、日本ルーブリゾール(株)製「ソルスパース5000(フタロシアニン誘導体)、22000(アゾ顔料誘導体)、13240(ポリエステルアミン)、3000、17000、27000(末端部に機能部を有する高分子)、24000、28000、32000、38500(グラフト型高分子)」、日光ケミカルズ社製「ニッコールT106(ポリオキシエチレンソルビタンモノオレート)、MYS-IEX(ポリオキシエチレンモノステアレート)」、川研ファインケミカル(株)製「ヒノアクトT-8000E」、森下産業(株)製「EFKA-46、EFKA-47、EFKA-47EA、EFKAポリマー100、EFKAポリマー400、EFKAポリマー401、EFKAポリマー450」、サンノプコ(株)製「ディスパースエイド6、ディスパースエイド8、ディスパースエイド15、ディスパースエイド9100」、(株)ADEKA製「アデカプルロニックL31、F38、L42、L44、L61、L64、F68、L72、P95、F77、P84、F87、P94、L101、P103、F108、L121、P-123」、及び三洋化成(株)製「イオネットS-20」等が挙げられる。 The dispersant (resin) is also available as a commercial product, and specific examples thereof include “Disperbyk-101 (polyamideamine phosphate), 107 (carboxylic acid ester), 110, 111 (acid) manufactured by BYK Chemie. Group-containing copolymer), 130 (polyamide), 161, 162, 163, 164, 165, 166, 170 (polymer copolymer), “BYK-P104, P105 (high molecular weight unsaturated polycarboxylic acid)” “EFKA 4047, 4050-4165 (polyurethane)”, EFKA 4330-4340 (block copolymer), 4400-4402 (modified polyacrylate), 5010 (polyesteramide), 5765 (high molecular weight polycarboxylate), manufactured by EFKA , 6220 (fatty acid polyester), 6745 (phthalosy) Nin derivatives), 6750 (azo pigment derivatives) ”,“ Ajisper PB821, PB822, PB880, PB881 ”manufactured by Ajinomoto Fine Techno Co., Ltd.,“ Floren TG-710 (urethane oligomer) ”manufactured by Kyoeisha Chemical Co., Ltd.,“ Polyflow No. 50E, No. .300 (acrylic copolymer) ”,“ Disparon KS-860, 873SN, 874, # 2150 (aliphatic polycarboxylic acid), # 7004 (polyether ester), DA-703-50, manufactured by Enomoto Kasei Co., Ltd. DA-705, DA-725 ”,“ Demol RN, N (Naphthalenesulfonic acid formalin polycondensate), MS, C, SN-B (aromatic sulfonic acid formalin polycondensate) ”manufactured by Kao Corporation,“ Homogenol L- 18 (polymer polycarboxylic acid) "," Emulgen 920, 930, 935, 985 ( "Reoxyethylene nonylphenyl ether)", "Acetamine 86 (stearylamine acetate)", "Solsperse 5000 (phthalocyanine derivative), 22000 (azo pigment derivative), 13240 (polyesteramine), 3000, 17000" manufactured by Nippon Lubrizol Co., Ltd. , 27000 (polymer having a functional part at the end), 24000, 28000, 32000, 38500 (graft type polymer) ”,“ Nikkor T106 (polyoxyethylene sorbitan monooleate) ”, MYS-IEX (poly) Oxyethylene monostearate), Kawaken Fine Chemical Co., Ltd. “Hinoact T-8000E”, Morishita Sangyo Co., Ltd. “EFKA-46, EFKA-47, EFKA-47EA, EFKA Polymer 100, EFK” A polymer 400, EFKA polymer 401, EFKA polymer 450 "," Disperse Aid 6, Disperse Aid 8, Disperse Aid 15, Disperse Aid 9100 "manufactured by Sannopco Corporation," Adeka Pluronic L31, manufactured by ADEKA Corporation " F38, L42, L44, L61, L64, F68, L72, P95, F77, P84, F87, P94, L101, P103, F108, L121, P-123 ”, and“ Ionet S-20 ”manufactured by Sanyo Chemical Co., Ltd. Etc.
 これらの樹脂は、単独で使用してもよく、2種以上を組み合わせて使用してもよい。
 また、樹脂として、(メタ)アクリル酸共重合体、イタコン酸共重合体、クロトン酸共重合体、マレイン酸共重合体、部分エステル化マレイン酸共重合体等、並びに側鎖にカルボン酸を有する酸性セルロース誘導体、水酸基を有するポリマーに酸無水物を付加した樹脂などの酸基を有する樹脂を用いることもできる。また、特開平10-300922号公報に記載のN位置換マレイミドモノマー共重合体、特開2004-300204号公報に記載のエーテルダイマー共重合体も樹脂として好ましく用いることができる。
These resins may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
In addition, as a resin, a (meth) acrylic acid copolymer, an itaconic acid copolymer, a crotonic acid copolymer, a maleic acid copolymer, a partially esterified maleic acid copolymer, etc., and a carboxylic acid in the side chain A resin having an acid group such as an acid cellulose derivative or a resin obtained by adding an acid anhydride to a polymer having a hydroxyl group can also be used. Further, N-substituted maleimide monomer copolymers described in JP-A-10-300922 and ether dimer copolymers described in JP-A-2004-300204 can also be preferably used as the resin.
 また、本発明において、樹脂は、側鎖にカルボキシ基を有するポリマーを用いることもできる。これらのポリマーは分散剤として用いてもよく、バインダーとして用いてもよい。側鎖にカルボキシ基を有するポリマーとしては、メタクリル酸共重合体、アクリル酸共重合体、イタコン酸共重合体、クロトン酸共重合体、マレイン酸共重合体、部分エステル化マレイン酸共重合体、ノボラック型樹脂などのアルカリ可溶性フェノール樹脂等、並びに側鎖にカルボキシ基を有する酸性セルロース誘導体、ヒドロキシ基を有するポリマーに酸無水物を付加させたものが挙げられる。特に、(メタ)アクリル酸と、これと共重合可能な他のモノマーとの共重合体が好ましい。(メタ)アクリル酸と共重合可能な他のモノマーとしては、アルキル(メタ)アクリレート、アリール(メタ)アクリレート、ビニル化合物などが挙げられる。アルキル(メタ)アクリレート及びアリール(メタ)アクリレートとしては、メチル(メタ)アクリレート、エチル(メタ)アクリレート、プロピル(メタ)アクリレート、ブチル(メタ)アクリレート、イソブチル(メタ)アクリレート、ペンチル(メタ)アクリレート、ヘキシル(メタ)アクリレート、オクチル(メタ)アクリレート、フェニル(メタ)アクリレート、ベンジル(メタ)アクリレート、トリル(メタ)アクリレート、ナフチル(メタ)アクリレート、シクロヘキシル(メタ)アクリレート等、ビニル化合物としては、スチレン、α-メチルスチレン、ビニルトルエン、グリシジルメタクリレート、アクリロニトリル、ビニルアセテート、N-ビニルピロリドン、テトラヒドロフルフリルメタクリレート、ポリスチレンマクロモノマー、ポリメチルメタクリレートマクロモノマー等が挙げられる。また他のモノマーは、特開平10-300922号公報に記載のN位置換マレイミドモノマー(例えば、N-フェニルマレイミド、N-シクロヘキシルマレイミド等)を挙げることができる。なお、これらの(メタ)アクリル酸と共重合可能な他のモノマーは1種のみであってもよいし、2種以上であってもよい。 In the present invention, the resin may be a polymer having a carboxy group in the side chain. These polymers may be used as a dispersant or a binder. As a polymer having a carboxy group in the side chain, methacrylic acid copolymer, acrylic acid copolymer, itaconic acid copolymer, crotonic acid copolymer, maleic acid copolymer, partially esterified maleic acid copolymer, Examples include alkali-soluble phenolic resins such as novolak type resins, acidic cellulose derivatives having a carboxy group in the side chain, and polymers having a hydroxy group added with an acid anhydride. In particular, a copolymer of (meth) acrylic acid and another monomer copolymerizable therewith is preferable. Examples of other monomers copolymerizable with (meth) acrylic acid include alkyl (meth) acrylates, aryl (meth) acrylates, and vinyl compounds. As alkyl (meth) acrylate and aryl (meth) acrylate, methyl (meth) acrylate, ethyl (meth) acrylate, propyl (meth) acrylate, butyl (meth) acrylate, isobutyl (meth) acrylate, pentyl (meth) acrylate, Examples of vinyl compounds such as hexyl (meth) acrylate, octyl (meth) acrylate, phenyl (meth) acrylate, benzyl (meth) acrylate, tolyl (meth) acrylate, naphthyl (meth) acrylate, cyclohexyl (meth) acrylate, styrene, α-methylstyrene, vinyltoluene, glycidyl methacrylate, acrylonitrile, vinyl acetate, N-vinylpyrrolidone, tetrahydrofurfuryl methacrylate, polystyrene monomer Romonoma, polymethyl methacrylate macromonomer, and the like. Other monomers include N-substituted maleimide monomers (for example, N-phenylmaleimide, N-cyclohexylmaleimide, etc.) described in JP-A-10-300922. In addition, only 1 type may be sufficient as the other monomer copolymerizable with these (meth) acrylic acids, and 2 or more types may be sufficient as it.
 また、本発明において樹脂は、ベンジル(メタ)アクリレート/(メタ)アクリル酸共重合体、ベンジル(メタ)アクリレート/(メタ)アクリル酸/2-ヒドロキシエチル(メタ)アクリレート共重合体、ベンジル(メタ)アクリレート/(メタ)アクリル酸/他のモノマーからなる多元共重合体が好ましく用いることができる。また、2-ヒドロキシエチル(メタ)アクリレートを共重合したもの、特開平7-140654号公報に記載の、2-ヒドロキシプロピル(メタ)アクリレート/ポリスチレンマクロモノマー/ベンジルメタクリレート/メタクリル酸共重合体、2-ヒドロキシ-3-フェノキシプロピルアクリレート/ポリメチルメタクリレートマクロモノマー/ベンジルメタクリレート/メタクリル酸共重合体、2-ヒドロキシエチルメタクリレート/ポリスチレンマクロモノマー/メチルメタクリレート/メタクリル酸共重合体、2-ヒドロキシエチルメタクリレート/ポリスチレンマクロモノマー/ベンジルメタクリレート/メタクリル酸共重合体なども好ましく用いることができる。 In the present invention, the resin includes benzyl (meth) acrylate / (meth) acrylic acid copolymer, benzyl (meth) acrylate / (meth) acrylic acid / 2-hydroxyethyl (meth) acrylate copolymer, benzyl (meth) A multi-component copolymer comprising acrylate / (meth) acrylic acid / other monomers can be preferably used. Further, a copolymer of 2-hydroxyethyl (meth) acrylate, a 2-hydroxypropyl (meth) acrylate / polystyrene macromonomer / benzyl methacrylate / methacrylic acid copolymer described in JP-A-7-140654, 2 -Hydroxy-3-phenoxypropyl acrylate / polymethyl methacrylate macromonomer / benzyl methacrylate / methacrylic acid copolymer, 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate / polystyrene macromonomer / methyl methacrylate / methacrylic acid copolymer, 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate / polystyrene A macromonomer / benzyl methacrylate / methacrylic acid copolymer can also be preferably used.
 樹脂は、下記式(ED1)で示される化合物及び/又は特開2010-168539号公報の一般式(1)で表される化合物(以下、これらの化合物を「エーテルダイマー」と称することもある。)を含むモノマー成分を重合してなるポリマー(a)を含むことも好ましい。 The resin may be a compound represented by the following formula (ED1) and / or a compound represented by the general formula (1) of JP 2010-168539 A (hereinafter, these compounds may be referred to as “ether dimers”). It is also preferable to include a polymer (a) obtained by polymerizing a monomer component including
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000010
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000010
 式(ED)中、R及びRは、それぞれ独立して、水素原子又は置換基を有してもよい炭素数1~25の炭化水素基を表す。
 式(ED1)中、R及びRで表される置換基を有していてもよい炭素数1~25の炭化水素基としては、特に制限はないが、例えば、メチル、エチル、n-プロピル、イソプロピル、n-ブチル、イソブチル、tert-ブチル、tert-アミル、ステアリル、ラウリル、2-エチルヘキシル等の直鎖又は分岐のアルキル基;フェニル等のアリール基;シクロヘキシル、tert-ブチルシクロヘキシル、ジシクロペンタジエニル、トリシクロデカニル、イソボルニル、アダマンチル、2-メチル-2-アダマンチル等の脂環式基;1-メトキシエチル、1-エトキシエチル等のアルコキシで置換されたアルキル基;ベンジル等のアリール基で置換されたアルキル基;等が挙げられる。これらの中でも特に、メチル、エチル、シクロヘキシル、ベンジル等のような酸や熱で脱離しにくい1級又は2級炭素の置換基が耐熱性の点で好ましい。
In the formula (ED), R 1 and R 2 each independently represents a hydrogen atom or a hydrocarbon group having 1 to 25 carbon atoms which may have a substituent.
In the formula (ED1), the hydrocarbon group having 1 to 25 carbon atoms which may have a substituent represented by R 1 and R 2 is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include methyl, ethyl, n- Linear or branched alkyl groups such as propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, isobutyl, tert-butyl, tert-amyl, stearyl, lauryl, 2-ethylhexyl; aryl groups such as phenyl; cyclohexyl, tert-butylcyclohexyl, dicyclo Alicyclic groups such as pentadienyl, tricyclodecanyl, isobornyl, adamantyl, 2-methyl-2-adamantyl; alkyl groups substituted with alkoxy such as 1-methoxyethyl, 1-ethoxyethyl; aryls such as benzyl An alkyl group substituted with a group; and the like. Among these, an acid such as methyl, ethyl, cyclohexyl, benzyl or the like, or a primary or secondary carbon substituent which is difficult to be removed by heat is preferable from the viewpoint of heat resistance.
 エーテルダイマーの具体例としては、例えば、特開2013-29760号公報の段落番号0317を参酌することができ、この内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。エーテルダイマーは、1種のみであってもよいし、2種以上であってもよい。 As a specific example of the ether dimer, for example, paragraph number 0317 of JP2013-29760A can be referred to, and the contents thereof are incorporated in the present specification. Only one type of ether dimer may be used, or two or more types may be used.
 樹脂は、下記式(X)で示される化合物に由来する繰り返し単位を含んでいてもよい。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000011
 式(X)において、Rは、水素原子又はメチル基を表し、Rは炭素数2~10のアルキレン基を表し、Rは、水素原子又はベンゼン環を含んでもよい炭素数1~20のアルキル基を表す。nは1~15の整数を表す。
The resin may contain a repeating unit derived from a compound represented by the following formula (X).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000011
In the formula (X), R 1 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, R 2 represents an alkylene group having 2 to 10 carbon atoms, and R 3 represents a hydrogen atom or 1 to 20 carbon atoms that may contain a benzene ring. Represents an alkyl group. n represents an integer of 1 to 15.
 上記式(X)において、Rのアルキレン基の炭素数は、2~3が好ましい。また、Rのアルキル基の炭素数は1~20であるが、より好ましくは1~10であり、Rのアルキル基はベンゼン環を含んでもよい。Rで表されるベンゼン環を含むアルキル基としては、ベンジル基、2-フェニル(イソ)プロピル基等を挙げることができる。 In the above formula (X), the alkylene group of R 2 preferably has 2 to 3 carbon atoms. The alkyl group of R 3 has 1 to 20 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 10, and the alkyl group of R 3 may contain a benzene ring. Examples of the alkyl group containing a benzene ring represented by R 3 include a benzyl group and a 2-phenyl (iso) propyl group.
 樹脂は、特開2012-208494号公報の段落番号0558~0571(対応する米国特許出願公開第2012/0235099号明細書の段落番号0685~0700)の記載を参酌でき、これらの内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。
 更に、特開2012-32767号公報の段落番号0029~0063に記載の共重合体(B)及び実施例で用いられているアルカリ可溶性樹脂、特開2012-208474号公報の段落番号0088~0098に記載のバインダー樹脂及び実施例で用いられているバインダー樹脂、特開2012-137531号公報の段落番号0022~0032に記載のバインダー樹脂及び実施例で用いられているバインダー樹脂、特開2013-024934号公報の段落番号0132~0143に記載のバインダー樹脂及び実施例で用いられているバインダー樹脂、特開2011-242752号公報の段落番号0092~0098及び実施例で用いられているバインダー樹脂、特開2012-032770号公報の段落番号0030~0072に記載のバインダー樹脂を用いることもできる。これらの内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。
The resin can be referred to the description in paragraph numbers 0558 to 0571 of JP2012-208494A (paragraph numbers 0685 to 0700 in the corresponding US Patent Application Publication No. 2012/0235099), and the contents thereof are described in this specification. Incorporated into.
Further, the copolymer (B) described in paragraph Nos. 0029 to 0063 of JP 2012-32767 A and alkali-soluble resins used in Examples, paragraphs 0088 to 0098 of JP 2012-208474 A, The binder resin described in the description and the binder resin used in the examples, the binder resin described in paragraphs 0022 to 0032 of JP2012-137531A and the binder resin used in the examples, JP2013-024934A The binder resin described in paragraph Nos. 0132 to 0143 of the publication and the binder resin used in Examples, paragraph numbers 0092 to 0098 of JP 2011-242752 and the binder resin used in Examples, and JP 2012 Nos. -032770, paragraphs 0030 to 0072 It is also possible to use a binder resin according. These contents are incorporated herein.
 本発明において、樹脂は、重合性基を有する樹脂を用いることもできる。重合性基を有する樹脂の含有量は、着色組成物の全固形分の1~80質量%であることが好ましい、下限は、2質量%以上が好ましく、3質量%以上がより好ましい。上限は、70質量%以下が好ましく、60質量%以下がより好ましい。 In the present invention, a resin having a polymerizable group may be used as the resin. The content of the resin having a polymerizable group is preferably 1 to 80% by mass of the total solid content of the coloring composition, and the lower limit is preferably 2% by mass or more, and more preferably 3% by mass or more. The upper limit is preferably 70% by mass or less, and more preferably 60% by mass or less.
 重合性基を有する樹脂の重量平均分子量は、2,000~2,000,000が好ましい。上限は、1,000,000以下が好ましく、500,000以下がより好ましい。下限は、3,000以上が好ましく、5,000以上がより好ましい。 The weight average molecular weight of the resin having a polymerizable group is preferably 2,000 to 2,000,000. The upper limit is preferably 1,000,000 or less, and more preferably 500,000 or less. The lower limit is preferably 3,000 or more, and more preferably 5,000 or more.
 重合性基を有する樹脂は、側鎖にラジカル重合性基を有するポリマーが好ましい。重合性基を有する樹脂は、側鎖にラジカル重合性基を有する繰り返し単位を含むことが好ましく、式(1)で表される繰り返し単位を有するポリマーがより好ましい。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000012
 式中、Rは、水素原子又はアルキル基を表し、Lは、単結合又は2価の連結基を表し、Pはラジカル重合性基を表す。
The resin having a polymerizable group is preferably a polymer having a radical polymerizable group in the side chain. The resin having a polymerizable group preferably contains a repeating unit having a radically polymerizable group in the side chain, and more preferably a polymer having a repeating unit represented by the formula (1).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000012
In the formula, R 1 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group, L 1 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group, and P 1 represents a radical polymerizable group.
 Rが表すアルキル基は、炭素数1~3のアルキル基が好ましく、メチル基が好ましい。Rは、水素原子又はメチル基であることが好ましい。 The alkyl group represented by R 1 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, and more preferably a methyl group. R 1 is preferably a hydrogen atom or a methyl group.
 Lは、単結合又は2価の連結基を表す。2価の連結基としては、炭素数1~30のアルキレン基、炭素数6~12のアリーレン基、これらと-CO-、-OCO-、-O-、-NH-及び-SO-から選ばれる1種とを組み合わせてなる基が挙げられる。アルキレン基及びアリーレン基は、置換基を有していてもよく、無置換であってもよい。置換基としては、ハロゲン原子、アルキル基、アリール基、ヒドロキシ基、カルボキシ基、アルコキシ基、アリールオキシ基などが挙げられる。ヒドロキシ基が好ましい。 L 1 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group. The divalent linking group is selected from an alkylene group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms, an arylene group having 6 to 12 carbon atoms, and —CO—, —OCO—, —O—, —NH—, and —SO 2 —. And a group formed by combining one kind thereof. The alkylene group and the arylene group may have a substituent or may be unsubstituted. Examples of the substituent include a halogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group, a hydroxy group, a carboxy group, an alkoxy group, and an aryloxy group. A hydroxy group is preferred.
 Pはラジカル重合性基を表す。ラジカル重合性基としては、ビニル基、(メタ)アリル基、(メタ)アクリロイル基などのエチレン性不飽和結合を有する基が挙げられる。 P 1 represents a radical polymerizable group. Examples of the radically polymerizable group include groups having an ethylenically unsaturated bond such as a vinyl group, a (meth) allyl group, and a (meth) acryloyl group.
 重合性基を有する樹脂は、側鎖にラジカル重合性基を有する繰り返し単位の含有量が、全繰り返し単位の5~100質量%であることが好ましい。下限は、10質量%以上がより好ましく、15質量%以上が更に好ましい。上限は、95質量%以下がより好ましく、90質量%以下が更に好ましい。 In the resin having a polymerizable group, the content of the repeating unit having a radical polymerizable group in the side chain is preferably 5 to 100% by mass of the total repeating unit. The lower limit is more preferably 10% by mass or more, and still more preferably 15% by mass or more. The upper limit is more preferably 95% by mass or less, and still more preferably 90% by mass or less.
 重合性基を有する樹脂は、上記式(1)で表される繰り返し単位の他に、他の繰り返し単位を含んでいてもよい。他の繰り返し単位は、酸基等の官能基を含んでいてもよい。官能基を含んでいなくてもよい。 The resin having a polymerizable group may contain other repeating units in addition to the repeating unit represented by the above formula (1). Other repeating units may contain a functional group such as an acid group. It does not have to contain a functional group.
 酸基としては、カルボキシ基、スルホン酸基、リン酸基が例示される。酸基は1種類のみ含まれていても良いし、2種類以上含まれていても良い。
 酸基を有する繰り返し単位の割合は、樹脂を構成する全繰り返し単位の0~50質量%であることが好ましい。下限は、1質量%以上がより好ましく、3質量%以上が更に好ましい。上限は、35質量%以下がより好ましく、30質量%以下が更に好ましい。
Examples of the acid group include a carboxy group, a sulfonic acid group, and a phosphoric acid group. Only one type of acid group may be included, or two or more types of acid groups may be included.
The ratio of the repeating unit having an acid group is preferably 0 to 50% by mass of all repeating units constituting the resin. The lower limit is more preferably 1% by mass or more, and still more preferably 3% by mass or more. The upper limit is more preferably 35% by mass or less, and still more preferably 30% by mass or less.
 その他の官能基として、ラクトン、酸無水物、アミド、シアノ基等の現像促進基、長鎖及び環状アルキル基、アラルキル基、アリール基、ポリアルキレンオキシド基、ヒドロキシ基、マレイミド基、アミノ基等が挙げられ、適宜導入することができる。
 また、上述したエーテルダイマーに由来する繰り返し単位や、上述した樹脂で説明した式(X)で示される化合物に由来する繰り返し単位などを含んでもよい。
Other functional groups include development promoting groups such as lactones, acid anhydrides, amides, cyano groups, long chain and cyclic alkyl groups, aralkyl groups, aryl groups, polyalkylene oxide groups, hydroxy groups, maleimide groups, amino groups, etc. Can be introduced as appropriate.
Moreover, the repeating unit derived from the ether dimer mentioned above, the repeating unit derived from the compound shown by Formula (X) demonstrated with the resin mentioned above, etc. may be included.
 重合性を有する樹脂の具体例を示すが、本発明はこれに限定されるものではない。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000013
Although the specific example of resin which has polymerizability is shown, this invention is not limited to this.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000013
 重合性を有する樹脂の市販品としては、ダイヤナールNRシリーズ(三菱レイヨン株式会社製)、Photomer6173(COOH含有 polyurethane acrylic oligomer.Diamond Shamrock Co.,Ltd.製)、ビスコートR-264、KSレジスト106(いずれも大阪有機化学工業株式会社製)、サイクロマーPシリーズ(例えば、ACA230AA)、プラクセル CF200シリーズ(いずれも(株)ダイセル製)、Ebecryl3800(ダイセルユーシービー株式会社製)、アクリキュアーRD-F8(日本触媒社製)などが挙げられる。 Examples of commercially available resins having a polymerizable property include DYNAR NR series (manufactured by Mitsubishi Rayon Co., Ltd.), Photomer 6173 (COOH-containing polyurethane acrylic oligomer. Diamond Shamrock Co., Ltd.), Biscoat R-264, KS resist 106 (KS resist 106). All are manufactured by Osaka Organic Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.), Cyclomer P series (for example, ACA230AA), Plaxel CF200 series (all manufactured by Daicel Corporation), Ebecryl 3800 (manufactured by Daicel UCB Corporation), Acrycure RD-F8 ( Nippon Shokubai Co., Ltd.).
<<重合性化合物>>
 本発明の着色組成物は、重合性化合物を含有する。重合性化合物としては、ラジカルにより架橋可能な公知の化合物を用いることができる。例えば、エチレン性不飽和結合を有する基等のラジカル重合性基を有する化合物(ラジカル重合性化合物)が挙げられる。エチレン性不飽和結合を有する基としては、ビニル基、(メタ)アリル基、(メタ)アクリロイル基などが挙げられ、(メタ)アリル基、(メタ)アクリロイル基が好ましい。
<< polymerizable compound >>
The coloring composition of the present invention contains a polymerizable compound. As the polymerizable compound, a known compound that can be cross-linked by a radical can be used. For example, the compound (radically polymerizable compound) which has radically polymerizable groups, such as group which has an ethylenically unsaturated bond, is mentioned. Examples of the group having an ethylenically unsaturated bond include a vinyl group, a (meth) allyl group, and a (meth) acryloyl group, and a (meth) allyl group and a (meth) acryloyl group are preferable.
 本発明において、重合性化合物は、例えば、モノマー、プレポリマー、すなわち2量体、3量体及びオリゴマー、又はそれらの混合物並びにそれらの多量体などの化学的形態のいずれであってもよい。モノマーが好ましい。
 モノマータイプの重合性化合物(重合性モノマー)は、分子量が100~3000であることが好ましい。上限は、2000以下が好ましく、1500以下が更に好ましい。下限は、150以上が好ましく、250以上が更に好ましい。
In the present invention, the polymerizable compound may be in a chemical form such as a monomer, a prepolymer, that is, a dimer, a trimer and an oligomer, or a mixture thereof and a multimer thereof. Monomers are preferred.
The monomer type polymerizable compound (polymerizable monomer) preferably has a molecular weight of 100 to 3,000. The upper limit is preferably 2000 or less, and more preferably 1500 or less. The lower limit is preferably 150 or more, and more preferably 250 or more.
 重合性化合物の含有量は、着色組成物の全固形分の1~80質量%であることが好ましい、下限は、5質量%以上が好ましく、10質量%以上がより好ましい。上限は、70質量%以下が好ましく、60質量%以下がより好ましい。
 重合性モノマーの含有量は、着色組成物の全固形分の1~80質量%であることが好ましい、下限は、2質量%以上が好ましく、3質量%以上がより好ましい。上限は、70質量%以下が好ましく、60質量%以下がより好ましく、50質量%以下が更に好ましい。
 また、重合性モノマーと重合性基を有する樹脂とを併用する場合、両者の質量比は、重合性モノマー:重合性基を有する樹脂=1:1~20が好ましく、1:1~15がより好ましく、1:5~15が更に好ましい。
 本発明の着色組成物は、重合性化合物を、1種類のみを含んでいてもよいし、2種類以上含んでいてもよい。2種類以上含む場合は、その合計量が上記範囲となることが好ましい。
The content of the polymerizable compound is preferably 1 to 80% by mass of the total solid content of the coloring composition, and the lower limit is preferably 5% by mass or more, and more preferably 10% by mass or more. The upper limit is preferably 70% by mass or less, and more preferably 60% by mass or less.
The content of the polymerizable monomer is preferably 1 to 80% by mass of the total solid content of the coloring composition, and the lower limit is preferably 2% by mass or more, and more preferably 3% by mass or more. The upper limit is preferably 70% by mass or less, more preferably 60% by mass or less, and still more preferably 50% by mass or less.
When a polymerizable monomer and a resin having a polymerizable group are used in combination, the mass ratio of the two is preferably polymerizable monomer: resin having a polymerizable group = 1: 1 to 20, more preferably 1: 1 to 15. Preferably, 1: 5 to 15 is more preferable.
The coloring composition of this invention may contain only 1 type of polymeric compounds, and may contain 2 or more types. When two or more types are included, the total amount is preferably within the above range.
(重合性モノマー)
 本発明において、重合性モノマーは、ラジカル重合性基を3個以上有する化合物が好ましく、ラジカル重合性基を3~15個以上有する化合物がより好ましく、ラジカル重合性基を3~6個以上有する化合物が更に好ましい。
 これらの具体的な化合物としては、特開2009-288705号公報の段落番号〔0095〕~〔0108〕、特開2013-29760号公報の段落番号0227、特開2008-292970号公報の段落番号0254~0257に記載の化合物を参酌でき、この内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。
(Polymerizable monomer)
In the present invention, the polymerizable monomer is preferably a compound having 3 or more radical polymerizable groups, more preferably a compound having 3 to 15 or more radical polymerizable groups, and a compound having 3 to 6 or more radical polymerizable groups. Is more preferable.
Specific examples of these compounds include paragraph numbers [0095] to [0108] of JP-A-2009-288705, paragraph number 0227 of JP-A-2013-29760, and paragraph number 0254 of JP-A-2008-292970. Can be referred to, the contents of which are incorporated herein.
 重合性モノマーは、アルキレンオキシ基を有する化合物が好ましく、アルキレンオキシ基を繰り返し単位として2以上含む鎖(アルキレンオキシ鎖)を有する化合物が更に好ましい。アルキレンオキシ鎖は、アルキレンオキシ基の繰り返し単位数が2~30であることが好ましく、2~20がより好ましく、2~10が更に好ましい。
 アルキレンオキシ基の炭素数は、2以上が好ましく、2~10がより好ましく、2~4が更に好ましく、2が特に好ましい。すなわち、エチレンオキシ基が特に好ましい
 アルキレンオキシ鎖は、「-((CH-O)-」で表されることが好ましい。式中、aは2以上が好ましく、2~10がより好ましく、2~4が更に好ましく、2が特に好ましい。bは、2~30であることが好ましく、2~20がより好ましく、2~10が更に好ましい。
The polymerizable monomer is preferably a compound having an alkyleneoxy group, and more preferably a compound having a chain (alkyleneoxy chain) containing two or more alkyleneoxy groups as repeating units. In the alkyleneoxy chain, the number of repeating units of the alkyleneoxy group is preferably 2 to 30, more preferably 2 to 20, and still more preferably 2 to 10.
The number of carbon atoms of the alkyleneoxy group is preferably 2 or more, more preferably 2 to 10, still more preferably 2 to 4, and particularly preferably 2. That is, an alkyleneoxy chain, particularly preferably an ethyleneoxy group, is preferably represented by “— ((CH 2 ) a —O) b —”. In the formula, a is preferably 2 or more, more preferably 2 to 10, more preferably 2 to 4, and particularly preferably 2. b is preferably 2 to 30, more preferably 2 to 20, and still more preferably 2 to 10.
 本発明において、アルキレンオキシ基を有する重合性化合物としては、例えば、下記式(Z-4)又は(Z-5)で表される化合物の群から選択される少なくとも1種を用いることもできる。 In the present invention, as the polymerizable compound having an alkyleneoxy group, for example, at least one selected from the group of compounds represented by the following formula (Z-4) or (Z-5) can also be used.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000014
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000014
 式(Z-4)及び(Z-5)中、Eは、各々独立に、-((CH2CH2O)-、又は-((CH2CH(CH3)O)-を表し、yは、各々独立に0~10の整数を表し、Xは、各々独立に、アクリロイル基、メタクリロイル基、水素原子、又はカルボキシ基を表す。
 式(Z-4)中、アクリロイル基及びメタクリロイル基の合計は3個又は4個であり、mは各々独立に0~10の整数を表し、mの少なくとも一つは1~10の整数を表し、各mの合計は1~40の整数である。
 式(Z-5)中、アクリロイル基及びメタクリロイル基の合計は5個又は6個であり、nは各々独立に0~10の整数を表し、nの少なくとも一つは1~10の整数を表し、各nの合計は1~60の整数である。
In formulas (Z-4) and (Z-5), each E independently represents — ((CH 2 ) y CH 2 O) — or — ((CH 2 ) y CH (CH 3 ) O) —. Each represents independently an integer of 0 to 10, and each X independently represents an acryloyl group, a methacryloyl group, a hydrogen atom, or a carboxy group.
In the formula (Z-4), the total of acryloyl group and methacryloyl group is 3 or 4, each m independently represents an integer of 0 to 10, and at least one of m represents an integer of 1 to 10 The total of each m is an integer of 1 to 40.
In the formula (Z-5), the total number of acryloyl groups and methacryloyl groups is 5 or 6, each n independently represents an integer of 0 to 10, and at least one of n represents an integer of 1 to 10 The total of each n is an integer of 1 to 60.
 式(Z-4)中、mは、0~6の整数が好ましく、0~4の整数がより好ましい。また、各mの合計は、2~40の整数が好ましく、2~16の整数がより好ましく、4~8の整数が特に好ましい。
 式(Z-5)中、nは、0~6の整数が好ましく、0~4の整数がより好ましい。また、各nの合計は、3~60の整数が好ましく、3~24の整数がより好ましく、6~12の整数が特に好ましい。
 また、式(Z-4)又は式(Z-5)中の-((CH2CH2O)-又は-((CH2CH(CH3)O)-は、酸素原子側の末端がXに結合する形態が好ましい。
In the formula (Z-4), m is preferably an integer of 0 to 6, and more preferably an integer of 0 to 4. The total of each m is preferably an integer of 2 to 40, more preferably an integer of 2 to 16, and particularly preferably an integer of 4 to 8.
In the formula (Z-5), n is preferably an integer of 0 to 6, and more preferably an integer of 0 to 4. The total of each n is preferably an integer of 3 to 60, more preferably an integer of 3 to 24, and particularly preferably an integer of 6 to 12.
In formula (Z-4) or formula (Z-5), — ((CH 2 ) y CH 2 O) — or — ((CH 2 ) y CH (CH 3 ) O) — represents the oxygen atom side. A form in which the terminal of X is bonded to X is preferred.
 式(Z-4)又は式(Z-5)で表される化合物は1種単独で用いてもよいし、2種以上併用してもよい。特に、式(Z-5)において、6個のX全てがアクリロイル基である形態が好ましい。 The compounds represented by formula (Z-4) or formula (Z-5) may be used alone or in combination of two or more. In particular, in the formula (Z-5), a form in which all six Xs are acryloyl groups is preferable.
 式(Z-4)又は式(Z-5)で表される化合物は、従来公知の工程である、ペンタエリスリト-ル又はジペンタエリスリト-ルにエチレンオキシド又はプロピレンオキシドを開環付加反応により開環骨格を結合する工程と、開環骨格の末端水酸基に、例えば(メタ)アクリロイルクロライドを反応させて(メタ)アクリロイル基を導入する工程と、から合成することができる。各工程は良く知られた工程であり、当業者は容易に式(Z-4)又は式(Z-5)で表される化合物を合成することができる。 The compound represented by the formula (Z-4) or the formula (Z-5) is a conventionally known process, which is a pentaerythritol or dipentaerythritol by a ring-opening addition reaction with ethylene oxide or propylene oxide. It can be synthesized from a step of bonding a ring-opening skeleton and a step of introducing a (meth) acryloyl group by reacting, for example, (meth) acryloyl chloride with a terminal hydroxyl group of the ring-opening skeleton. Each step is a well-known step, and a person skilled in the art can easily synthesize a compound represented by formula (Z-4) or formula (Z-5).
 式(Z-4)又は式(Z-5)で表される化合物の中でも、ペンタエリスリトール誘導体及び/又はジペンタエリスリトール誘導体がより好ましい。 Among the compounds represented by formula (Z-4) or formula (Z-5), a pentaerythritol derivative and / or a dipentaerythritol derivative are more preferable.
 アルキレンオキシ基を有する重合性モノマーの具体例としては、下記化合物が挙げられる。なお、M-2は、左式の化合物と右式の化合物とが質量比で7:3の混合物である。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000015
Specific examples of the polymerizable monomer having an alkyleneoxy group include the following compounds. M-2 is a mixture of the compound of the left formula and the compound of the right formula in a mass ratio of 7: 3.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000015
 アルキレンオキシ基を有する重合性化合物の市販品としては、例えばサートマー社製のエチレンオキシ基を4個有する4官能アクリレートであるSR-494、日本化薬株式会社製のペンチレンオキシ基を6個有する6官能アクリレートであるDPCA-60、イソブチレンオキシ基を3個有する3官能アクリレートであるTPA-330などが挙げられる。 Examples of commercially available polymerizable compounds having an alkyleneoxy group include SR-494, which is a tetrafunctional acrylate having four ethyleneoxy groups manufactured by Sartomer, and six pentyleneoxy groups manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd. DPCA-60, which is a hexafunctional acrylate, and TPA-330, which is a trifunctional acrylate having three isobutyleneoxy groups.
 本発明では、重合性化合物として、ジペンタエリスリトールトリアクリレート(市販品としてはKAYARAD D-330;日本化薬株式会社製)、ジペンタエリスリトールテトラアクリレート(市販品としてはKAYARAD D-320;日本化薬株式会社製)、ジペンタエリスリトールペンタ(メタ)アクリレート(市販品としてはKAYARAD D-310;日本化薬株式会社製)、ジペンタエリスリトールヘキサ(メタ)アクリレート(市販品としてはKAYARAD DPHA;日本化薬株式会社製、A-DPH-12E;新中村化学工業(株)製)、及びこれらの(メタ)アクリロイル基がエチレングリコール、プロピレングリコール残基を介して結合している構造(例えば、サートマー社から市販されている、SR454、SR499)を好ましく用いることができる。これらのオリゴマータイプも使用できる。また、KAYARAD RP-1040、DPCA-20(日本化薬株式会社製)、NKエステル A-TMMT(ペンタエリスリトールテトラアクリレート、新中村化学工業(株)製)などを使用することもできる。 In the present invention, as a polymerizable compound, dipentaerythritol triacrylate (KAYARAD D-330 as a commercial product; manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.), dipentaerythritol tetraacrylate (as a commercial product, KAYARAD D-320; Nippon Kayaku) Co., Ltd.), dipentaerythritol penta (meth) acrylate (as a commercial product, KAYARAD D-310; manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.), dipentaerythritol hexa (meth) acrylate (as a commercial product, KAYARAD DPHA; Nippon Kayaku) Co., Ltd., A-DPH-12E; Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.), and structures in which these (meth) acryloyl groups are bonded via ethylene glycol and propylene glycol residues (for example, from Sartomer) Commercially available SR4 4, SR499) can be preferably used. These oligomer types can also be used. Alternatively, KAYARAD RP-1040, DPCA-20 (manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.), NK ester A-TMMT (pentaerythritol tetraacrylate, manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.), etc. can be used.
 重合性化合物は、カルボキシ基、スルホン酸基、リン酸基等の酸基を有していてもよい。市販品としては、例えば、東亞合成株式会社製のM-305、M-510、M-520などが挙げられる。 The polymerizable compound may have an acid group such as a carboxy group, a sulfonic acid group, or a phosphoric acid group. Examples of commercially available products include M-305, M-510, and M-520 manufactured by Toagosei Co., Ltd.
 酸基を有する重合性化合物の好ましい酸価としては、0.1~40mgKOH/gであり、特に好ましくは5~30mgKOH/gである。重合性化合物の酸価が0.1mgKOH/g以上であれば、現像溶解特性が良好であり、40mgKOH/g以下であれば、製造や取扱い上、有利である。更には、光重合性能が良好で、硬化性に優れる。 The preferred acid value of the polymerizable compound having an acid group is 0.1 to 40 mgKOH / g, particularly preferably 5 to 30 mgKOH / g. If the acid value of the polymerizable compound is 0.1 mgKOH / g or more, the development and dissolution characteristics are good, and if it is 40 mgKOH / g or less, it is advantageous in production and handling. Furthermore, the photopolymerization performance is good and the curability is excellent.
 重合性化合物は、カプロラクトン構造を有する化合物も好ましい態様である。
 カプロラクトン構造を有する重合性化合物は、例えば、日本化薬(株)からKAYARAD DPCAシリーズとして市販されており、DPCA-20、DPCA-30、DPCA-60、DPCA-120等が挙げられる。
The polymerizable compound is also preferably a compound having a caprolactone structure.
Examples of the polymerizable compound having a caprolactone structure are commercially available from Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd. as the KAYARAD DPCA series, and examples thereof include DPCA-20, DPCA-30, DPCA-60, DPCA-120 and the like.
 重合性化合物は、特公昭48-41708号公報、特開昭51-37193号公報、特公平2-32293号公報、特公平2-16765号公報に記載されているようなウレタンアクリレート類や、特公昭58-49860号公報、特公昭56-17654号公報、特公昭62-39417号公報、特公昭62-39418号公報に記載のエチレンオキサイド系骨格を有するウレタン化合物類も好適である。また、特開昭63-277653号公報、特開昭63-260909号公報、特開平1-105238号公報に記載される、分子内にアミノ構造やスルフィド構造を有する付加重合性化合物類を用いることによって、非常に感光スピードに優れた着色組成物を得ることができる。
 市販品としては、ウレタンオリゴマーUAS-10、UAB-140(山陽国策パルプ社製)、UA-7200(新中村化学工業(株)製)、DPHA-40H(日本化薬社製)、UA-306H、UA-306T、UA-306I、AH-600、T-600、AI-600(共栄社化学(株)製)などが挙げられる。
Polymerizable compounds include urethane acrylates such as those described in JP-B-48-41708, JP-A-51-37193, JP-B-2-32293, and JP-B-2-16765. Urethane compounds having an ethylene oxide skeleton described in JP-B-58-49860, JP-B-56-17654, JP-B-62-39417, and JP-B-62-39418 are also suitable. Further, addition polymerizable compounds having an amino structure or a sulfide structure in the molecule described in JP-A-63-277653, JP-A-63-260909, and JP-A-1-105238 are used. Thus, a colored composition having an extremely excellent photosensitive speed can be obtained.
Commercially available products include urethane oligomers UAS-10, UAB-140 (manufactured by Sanyo Kokusaku Pulp Co., Ltd.), UA-7200 (manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.), DPHA-40H (manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.), UA-306H UA-306T, UA-306I, AH-600, T-600, AI-600 (manufactured by Kyoeisha Chemical Co., Ltd.) and the like.
<<光重合開始剤>>
 本発明の着色組成物は、光重合開始剤を含有することが好ましい。
 光重合開始剤としては、重合性化合物の重合を開始する能力を有する限り、特に制限はなく、公知の光重合開始剤の中から適宜選択することができる。例えば、紫外線領域から可視領域の光線に対して感光性を有するものが好ましい。
 重合性化合物としてラジカル重合性化合物を用いる場合、光重合開始剤は、光ラジカル重合開始剤が好ましい。
 また、光重合開始剤は、約300nm~800nm(330nm~500nmがより好ましい。)の範囲内に少なくとも約50のモル吸光係数を有する化合物を、少なくとも1種含有していることが好ましい。
<< photopolymerization initiator >>
The coloring composition of the present invention preferably contains a photopolymerization initiator.
The photopolymerization initiator is not particularly limited as long as it has the ability to initiate polymerization of the polymerizable compound, and can be appropriately selected from known photopolymerization initiators. For example, those having photosensitivity to light in the ultraviolet region to the visible region are preferable.
When a radically polymerizable compound is used as the polymerizable compound, the photopolymerization initiator is preferably a photoradical polymerization initiator.
The photopolymerization initiator preferably contains at least one compound having a molar extinction coefficient of at least about 50 within a range of about 300 nm to 800 nm (more preferably 330 nm to 500 nm).
 光重合開始剤としては、例えば、ハロゲン化炭化水素誘導体(例えば、トリアジン骨格を有するもの、オキサジアゾール骨格を有するもの等)、アシルホスフィンオキサイド等のアシルホスフィン化合物、ヘキサアリールビイミダゾール、オキシム誘導体等のオキシム化合物、有機過酸化物、チオ化合物、ケトン化合物、芳香族オニウム塩、ケトオキシムエーテル、アミノアセトフェノン化合物、ヒドロキシアセトフェノンなどが挙げられる。トリアジン骨格を有するハロゲン化炭化水素化合物としては、例えば、若林ら著、Bull.Chem.Soc.Japan,42、2924(1969)記載の化合物、英国特許1388492号明細書記載の化合物、特開昭53-133428号公報に記載の化合物、独国特許3337024号明細書に記載の化合物、F.C.SchaeferらによるJ.Org.Chem.;29、1527(1964)記載の化合物、特開昭62-58241号公報に記載の化合物、特開平5-281728号公報に記載の化合物、特開平5-34920号公報に記載の化合物、米国特許第4212976号明細書に記載の化合物などが挙げられる。 Examples of the photopolymerization initiator include halogenated hydrocarbon derivatives (eg, those having a triazine skeleton, those having an oxadiazole skeleton), acylphosphine compounds such as acylphosphine oxide, hexaarylbiimidazoles, oxime derivatives, etc. Oxime compounds, organic peroxides, thio compounds, ketone compounds, aromatic onium salts, ketoxime ethers, aminoacetophenone compounds, hydroxyacetophenones, and the like. Examples of the halogenated hydrocarbon compound having a triazine skeleton include those described in Wakabayashi et al., Bull. Chem. Soc. Japan, 42, 2924 (1969), a compound described in British Patent 1388492, a compound described in JP-A-53-133428, a compound described in German Patent 3333724, F.I. C. J. Schaefer et al. Org. Chem. 29, 1527 (1964), compounds described in JP-A-62-258241, compounds described in JP-A-5-281728, compounds described in JP-A-5-34920, US patents And the compounds described in the specification of No. 42122976.
 また、露光感度の観点から、トリハロメチルトリアジン化合物、ベンジルジメチルケタール化合物、α-ヒドロキシケトン化合物、α-アミノケトン化合物、アシルホスフィン化合物、フォスフィンオキサイド化合物、メタロセン化合物、オキシム化合物、トリアリールイミダゾールダイマー、オニウム化合物、ベンゾチアゾール化合物、ベンゾフェノン化合物、アセトフェノン化合物及びその誘導体、シクロペンタジエン-ベンゼン-鉄錯体及びその塩、ハロメチルオキサジアゾール化合物、3-アリール置換クマリン化合物からなる群より選択される化合物が好ましい。 From the viewpoint of exposure sensitivity, trihalomethyltriazine compounds, benzyldimethylketal compounds, α-hydroxyketone compounds, α-aminoketone compounds, acylphosphine compounds, phosphine oxide compounds, metallocene compounds, oxime compounds, triarylimidazole dimers, oniums Compounds selected from the group consisting of compounds, benzothiazole compounds, benzophenone compounds, acetophenone compounds and derivatives thereof, cyclopentadiene-benzene-iron complexes and salts thereof, halomethyloxadiazole compounds, and 3-aryl substituted coumarin compounds are preferred.
 光重合開始剤は、トリハロメチルトリアジン化合物、α-アミノケトン化合物、アシルホスフィン化合物、フォスフィンオキサイド化合物、オキシム化合物、トリアリルイミダゾールダイマー、オニウム化合物、ベンゾフェノン化合物、アセトフェノン化合物であり、トリハロメチルトリアジン化合物、α-アミノケトン化合物、オキシム化合物、トリアリルイミダゾールダイマー、ベンゾフェノン化合物からなる群より選ばれる少なくとも一種の化合物が好ましい。
 光重合開始剤の具体例としては、例えば、特開2013-29760号公報の段落番号0265~0268を参酌することができ、この内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。
The photopolymerization initiator is a trihalomethyltriazine compound, α-aminoketone compound, acylphosphine compound, phosphine oxide compound, oxime compound, triallylimidazole dimer, onium compound, benzophenone compound, acetophenone compound, trihalomethyltriazine compound, α -At least one compound selected from the group consisting of aminoketone compounds, oxime compounds, triallylimidazole dimer and benzophenone compounds is preferred.
As specific examples of the photopolymerization initiator, for example, paragraph numbers 0265 to 0268 of JP 2013-29760 A can be referred to, and the contents thereof are incorporated in the present specification.
 光重合開始剤としては、ヒドロキシアセトフェノン化合物、アミノアセトフェノン化合物、及び、アシルホスフィン化合物も好適に用いることができる。より具体的には、例えば、特開平10-291969号公報に記載のアミノアセトフェノン系開始剤、特許第4225898号公報に記載のアシルホスフィン系開始剤も用いることができる。
 ヒドロキシアセトフェノン系開始剤としては、IRGACURE-184、DAROCUR-1173、IRGACURE-500、IRGACURE-2959,IRGACURE-127(商品名:いずれもBASF社製)を用いることができる。
 アミノアセトフェノン系開始剤としては、市販品であるIRGACURE-907、IRGACURE-369、及び、IRGACURE-379EG(商品名:いずれもBASF社製)を用いることができる。アミノアセトフェノン系開始剤は、365nm又は405nm等の波光源に極大吸収波長がマッチングされた特開2009-191179号公報に記載の化合物も用いることができる。
 アシルホスフィン系開始剤としては、市販品であるIRGACURE-819やDAROCUR-TPO(商品名:いずれもBASF社製)を用いることができる。
As the photopolymerization initiator, hydroxyacetophenone compounds, aminoacetophenone compounds, and acylphosphine compounds can also be suitably used. More specifically, for example, an aminoacetophenone initiator described in JP-A-10-291969 and an acylphosphine initiator described in Japanese Patent No. 4225898 can also be used.
As the hydroxyacetophenone-based initiator, IRGACURE-184, DAROCUR-1173, IRGACURE-500, IRGACURE-2959, IRGACURE-127 (trade names: all manufactured by BASF) can be used.
As the aminoacetophenone-based initiator, commercially available products IRGACURE-907, IRGACURE-369, and IRGACURE-379EG (trade names: all manufactured by BASF) can be used. As the aminoacetophenone-based initiator, compounds described in JP-A-2009-191179 in which the maximum absorption wavelength is matched with a wave light source such as 365 nm or 405 nm can also be used.
As the acylphosphine initiator, commercially available products such as IRGACURE-819 and DAROCUR-TPO (trade names: both manufactured by BASF) can be used.
 光重合開始剤として、より好ましくはオキシム化合物が挙げられる。
 オキシム化合物の具体例としては、特開2001-233842号公報に記載の化合物、特開2000-80068号公報に記載の化合物、特開2006-342166号公報に記載の化合物を用いることができる。
 本発明において、好適に用いることのできるオキシム化合物としては、例えば、3-ベンゾイルオキシイミノブタン-2-オン、3-アセトキシイミノブタン-2-オン、3-プロピオニルオキシイミノブタン-2-オン、2-アセトキシイミノペンタン-3-オン、2-アセトキシイミノ-1-フェニルプロパン-1-オン、2-ベンゾイルオキシイミノ-1-フェニルプロパン-1-オン、3-(4-トルエンスルホニルオキシ)イミノブタン-2-オン、及び2-エトキシカルボニルオキシイミノ-1-フェニルプロパン-1-オンなどが挙げられる。
 また、J.C.S.Perkin II(1979年)pp.1653-1660)、J.C.S.Perkin II(1979年)pp.156-162、Journal of Photopolymer Science and Technology(1995年、pp.202-232)、特開2000-66385号公報、特開2000-80068号公報、特表2004-534797号公報、特開2006-342166号公報の各公報に記載の化合物等も挙げられる。
 市販品ではIRGACURE-OXE01(BASF社製)、IRGACURE-OXE02(BASF社製)も好適に用いられる。また、TR-PBG-304(常州強力電子新材料有限公司製)、アデカアークルズNCI-831及びアデカアークルズNCI-930(ADEKA社製)も用いることができる。
More preferred examples of the photopolymerization initiator include oxime compounds.
Specific examples of the oxime compound include compounds described in JP-A No. 2001-233842, compounds described in JP-A No. 2000-80068, and compounds described in JP-A No. 2006-342166.
Examples of oxime compounds that can be preferably used in the present invention include 3-benzoyloxyiminobutan-2-one, 3-acetoxyiminobutan-2-one, 3-propionyloxyiminobutan-2-one, -Acetoxyiminopentan-3-one, 2-acetoxyimino-1-phenylpropan-1-one, 2-benzoyloxyimino-1-phenylpropan-1-one, 3- (4-toluenesulfonyloxy) iminobutane-2 -One, and 2-ethoxycarbonyloxyimino-1-phenylpropan-1-one.
In addition, J.H. C. S. Perkin II (1979) pp. 1653-1660), J.M. C. S. Perkin II (1979) pp. 156-162, Journal of Photoscience Science and Technology (1995, pp. 202-232), JP-A 2000-66385, JP-A 2000-80068, JP-T 2004-534797. And the compounds described in JP-A-2006-342166.
As commercially available products, IRGACURE-OXE01 (manufactured by BASF) and IRGACURE-OXE02 (manufactured by BASF) are also preferably used. Further, TR-PBG-304 (manufactured by Changzhou Powerful Electronic New Materials Co., Ltd.), Adeka Arkles NCI-831 and Adeka Arkles NCI-930 (made by ADEKA) can also be used.
 また上記記載以外のオキシム化合物として、カルバゾール環のN位にオキシムが連結した特表2009-519904号公報に記載の化合物、ベンゾフェノン部位にヘテロ置換基が導入された米国特許第7626957号公報に記載の化合物、色素部位にニトロ基が導入された特開2010-15025号公報及び米国特許公開2009-292039号公報に記載の化合物、国際公開WO2009/131189号公報に記載のケトオキシム化合物、トリアジン骨格とオキシム骨格を同一分子内に含有する米国特許7556910号公報に記載の化合物、405nmに極大吸収を有し、かつ、g線光源に対して良好な感度を有する特開2009-221114号公報に記載の化合物、特開2014-137466号公報の段落番号0076~0079に記載された化合物などを用いてもよい。
 好ましくは、例えば、特開2013-29760号公報の段落番号0274~0275を参酌することができ、この内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。
 具体的には、オキシム化合物としては、下記式(OX-1)で表される化合物が好ましい。なお、オキシムのN-O結合が(E)体のオキシム化合物であっても、(Z)体のオキシム化合物であっても、(E)体と(Z)体との混合物であってもよい。
Further, as oxime compounds other than those described above, compounds described in JP-T 2009-519904, in which an oxime is linked to the N-position of the carbazole ring, and those described in US Pat. No. 7,626,957 in which a hetero substituent is introduced into the benzophenone moiety Compounds, compounds described in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2010-15025 and US Patent Publication No. 2009-292039 in which a nitro group is introduced into the dye moiety, ketoxime compounds described in International Publication WO2009 / 131189, triazine skeleton and oxime skeleton In the same molecule, a compound described in JP2009-221114A having a maximum absorption at 405 nm and good sensitivity to a g-ray light source, Paragraph No. 0076 of JP 2014-137466 A 0079 may be used, such as compounds described in.
Preferably, for example, paragraph numbers 0274 to 0275 of JP 2013-29760 A can be referred to, the contents of which are incorporated herein.
Specifically, the oxime compound is preferably a compound represented by the following formula (OX-1). The oxime N—O bond may be an (E) oxime compound, a (Z) oxime compound, or a mixture of (E) and (Z) isomers. .
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000016
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000016
 式(OX-1)中、R及びBは各々独立に一価の置換基を表し、Aは二価の有機基を表し、Arはアリール基を表す。
 式(OX-1)中、Rで表される一価の置換基としては、一価の非金属原子団であることが好ましい。
 一価の非金属原子団としては、アルキル基、アリール基、アシル基、アルコキシカルボニル基、アリールオキシカルボニル基、複素環基、アルキルチオカルボニル基、アリールチオカルボニル基等が挙げられる。また、これらの基は、1以上の置換基を有していてもよい。また、前述した置換基は、更に他の置換基で置換されていてもよい。
 置換基としてはハロゲン原子、アリールオキシ基、アルコキシカルボニル基又はアリールオキシカルボニル基、アシルオキシ基、アシル基、アルキル基、アリール基等が挙げられる。
 式(OX-1)中、Bで表される一価の置換基としては、アリール基、複素環基、アリールカルボニル基、又は、複素環カルボニル基が好ましい。これらの基は1以上の置換基を有していてもよい。置換基としては、前述した置換基が例示できる。
 式(OX-1)中、Aで表される二価の有機基としては、炭素数1~12のアルキレン基、シクロアルキレン基、アルキニレン基が好ましい。これらの基は1以上の置換基を有していてもよい。置換基としては、前述した置換基が例示できる。
In formula (OX-1), R and B each independently represent a monovalent substituent, A represents a divalent organic group, and Ar represents an aryl group.
In the formula (OX-1), the monovalent substituent represented by R is preferably a monovalent nonmetallic atomic group.
Examples of the monovalent nonmetallic atomic group include an alkyl group, an aryl group, an acyl group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, an aryloxycarbonyl group, a heterocyclic group, an alkylthiocarbonyl group, and an arylthiocarbonyl group. Moreover, these groups may have one or more substituents. Moreover, the substituent mentioned above may be further substituted by another substituent.
Examples of the substituent include a halogen atom, an aryloxy group, an alkoxycarbonyl group or an aryloxycarbonyl group, an acyloxy group, an acyl group, an alkyl group, and an aryl group.
In the formula (OX-1), the monovalent substituent represented by B is preferably an aryl group, a heterocyclic group, an arylcarbonyl group, or a heterocyclic carbonyl group. These groups may have one or more substituents. Examples of the substituent include the above-described substituents.
In the formula (OX-1), the divalent organic group represented by A is preferably an alkylene group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, a cycloalkylene group, or an alkynylene group. These groups may have one or more substituents. Examples of the substituent include the above-described substituents.
 オキシム化合物は、350nm~500nmの波長領域に極大吸収波長を有するものが好ましく、360nm~480nmの波長領域に吸収波長を有するものがより好ましく、365nm及び405nmの吸光度が高いものが特に好ましい。
 オキシム化合物は、365nm又は405nmにおけるモル吸光係数は、感度の観点から、1,000~300,000であることが好ましく、2,000~300,000であることがより好ましく、5,000~200,000であることが特に好ましい。
 化合物のモル吸光係数は、公知の方法を用いて測定することができる。例えば、紫外可視分光光度計(Varian社製Cary-5 spectrophotometer)にて、酢酸エチル溶媒を用い、0.01g/Lの濃度で測定することが好ましい。
The oxime compound preferably has a maximum absorption wavelength in the wavelength region of 350 nm to 500 nm, more preferably has an absorption wavelength in the wavelength region of 360 nm to 480 nm, and particularly preferably has a high absorbance at 365 nm and 405 nm.
The molar extinction coefficient at 365 nm or 405 nm of the oxime compound is preferably from 1,000 to 300,000, more preferably from 2,000 to 300,000, more preferably from 5,000 to 200, from the viewpoint of sensitivity. Is particularly preferred.
The molar extinction coefficient of the compound can be measured using a known method. For example, it is preferable to measure with an ultraviolet-visible spectrophotometer (Cary-5 spectrophotometer manufactured by Varian) using an ethyl acetate solvent at a concentration of 0.01 g / L.
 本発明において好ましく使用されるオキシム化合物の具体例を以下に示すが、本発明はこれらに限定されるものではない。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000017
Specific examples of the oxime compound preferably used in the present invention are shown below, but the present invention is not limited thereto.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000017
 本発明は、光重合開始剤として、フッ素原子を有するオキシム化合物を用いることもできる。フッ素原子を有するオキシム化合物の具体例としては、特開2010-262028号公報に記載の化合物、特表2014-500852号公報に記載の化合物24、36~40、特開2013-164471号公報に記載の化合物(C-3)などが挙げられる。この内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。 In the present invention, an oxime compound having a fluorine atom can also be used as a photopolymerization initiator. Specific examples of the oxime compound having a fluorine atom include compounds described in JP 2010-262028 A, compounds 24 and 36 to 40 described in JP-A-2014-500852, and JP-A 2013-164471. Compound (C-3). This content is incorporated herein.
 光重合開始剤の含有量は、着色組成物の全固形分に対し0.1~50質量%が好ましく、より好ましくは0.5~30質量%であり、更に好ましくは1~20質量%である。この範囲で、より良好な感度とパターン形成性が得られる。着色組成物は、光重合開始剤を、1種類のみを含んでいてもよいし、2種類以上含んでいてもよい。2種類以上含む場合は、その合計量が上記範囲となることが好ましい。 The content of the photopolymerization initiator is preferably 0.1 to 50% by mass, more preferably 0.5 to 30% by mass, and further preferably 1 to 20% by mass with respect to the total solid content of the coloring composition. is there. Within this range, better sensitivity and pattern formability can be obtained. The coloring composition may contain only one type of photopolymerization initiator, or may contain two or more types. When two or more types are included, the total amount is preferably within the above range.
<<顔料誘導体>>
 本発明の着色組成物は、顔料誘導体を含有することが好ましい。顔料誘導体は、有機顔料の一部分を、酸性基、塩基性基又はフタルイミドメチル基で置換した構造を有する化合物が好ましい。顔料誘導体は、分散性及び分散安定性の観点から、酸性基又は塩基性基を有する顔料誘導体が好ましい。
<< Pigment derivative >>
The colored composition of the present invention preferably contains a pigment derivative. The pigment derivative is preferably a compound having a structure in which a part of an organic pigment is substituted with an acidic group, a basic group or a phthalimidomethyl group. The pigment derivative is preferably a pigment derivative having an acidic group or a basic group from the viewpoint of dispersibility and dispersion stability.
 顔料誘導体を構成するための有機顔料としては、ジケトピロロピロール系顔料、アゾ系顔料、フタロシアニン系顔料、アントラキノン系顔料、キナクリドン系顔料、ジオキサジン系顔料、ペリノン系顔料、ペリレン系顔料、チオインジゴ系顔料、イソインドリン系顔料、イソインドリノン系顔料、キノフタロン系顔料、スレン系顔料、金属錯体系顔料等が挙げられる。
 また、顔料誘導体が有する酸性基としては、スルホン酸基、カルボン酸基及びその塩が好ましく、カルボン酸基及びスルホン酸基が更に好ましく、スルホン酸基が特に好ましい。顔料誘導体が有する塩基性基としては、アミノ基が好ましく、特に三級アミノ基が好ましい。
Examples of the organic pigment for constituting the pigment derivative include diketopyrrolopyrrole pigments, azo pigments, phthalocyanine pigments, anthraquinone pigments, quinacridone pigments, dioxazine pigments, perinone pigments, perylene pigments, thioindigo pigments , Isoindoline pigments, isoindolinone pigments, quinophthalone pigments, selenium pigments, metal complex pigments, and the like.
Moreover, as an acidic group which a pigment derivative has, a sulfonic acid group, a carboxylic acid group, and its salt are preferable, a carboxylic acid group and a sulfonic acid group are still more preferable, and a sulfonic acid group is especially preferable. The basic group possessed by the pigment derivative is preferably an amino group, particularly preferably a tertiary amino group.
 顔料誘導体としては、特に、キノリン系、ベンズイミダゾロン系及びイソインドリン系の顔料誘導体が好ましく、キノリン系及びベンズイミダゾロン系の顔料誘導体が更に好ましい。また、顔料誘導体は、下記構造を有する顔料誘導体が好ましい。 As the pigment derivative, quinoline, benzimidazolone, and isoindoline pigment derivatives are particularly preferable, and quinoline and benzimidazolone pigment derivatives are more preferable. The pigment derivative is preferably a pigment derivative having the following structure.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000018
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000018
 式(PZ)中、Aは、下記式(PA-1)~(PA-3)から選ばれる構造を表し、
 Bは単結合、又は、(t+1)価の連結基を表し、
 Cは、単結合、-NH-、-CONH-、-CO-、-SONH-、-O-、-S-、又は、-SO-を表し、
 Dは、単結合、アルキレン基、又は、アリーレン基を表し、
 Eは、-SOHもしくはその塩、-COHもしくはその塩、又は、-N(Rpa)(Rpb)を表し、
 Rpa及びRpbは、各々独立して、アルキル基又はアリール基を表し、Rpa及びRpbは互いに連結して環を形成してもよく、
 tは1~5の整数を表す;
In the formula (PZ), A represents a structure selected from the following formulas (PA-1) to (PA-3):
B represents a single bond or a (t + 1) -valent linking group,
C represents a single bond, -NH -, - CONH -, - CO 2 -, - SO 2 NH -, - O -, - S-, or, -SO 2 - represents,
D represents a single bond, an alkylene group, or an arylene group,
E represents —SO 3 H or a salt thereof, —CO 2 H or a salt thereof, or —N (Rpa) (Rpb);
Rpa and Rpb each independently represent an alkyl group or an aryl group, and Rpa and Rpb may be linked to each other to form a ring;
t represents an integer of 1 to 5;
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000019
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000019
 Rp1は、炭素数1~5のアルキル基又はアリール基を表し、
 Rp2は、ハロゲン原子、アルキル基又はヒドロキシ基を表し、
 Rp3は、単結合、-NH-、-CONH-、-CO-、-SONH-、-O-、-S-、又は、-SO-を表し、
sは、0~4の整数を表し、sが2以上の場合、複数のRp2は、互いに同じであっても、異なっていてもよく、
 *はBとの連結部を表す。
Rp1 represents an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms or an aryl group,
Rp2 represents a halogen atom, an alkyl group or a hydroxy group,
Rp3 represents a single bond, -NH -, - CONH -, - CO 2 -, - SO 2 NH -, - O -, - S-, or, -SO 2 - represents,
s represents an integer of 0 to 4, and when s is 2 or more, the plurality of Rp2s may be the same as or different from each other;
* Represents a connecting portion with B.
 Rp1は、メチル基又はフェニル基が好ましく、メチル基がより好ましい。
 Rp2は、ハロゲン原子が好ましく、塩素原子がより好ましい。
Rp1 is preferably a methyl group or a phenyl group, and more preferably a methyl group.
Rp2 is preferably a halogen atom, and more preferably a chlorine atom.
 式(PZ)中、Bで表される(t+1)価の連結基としては、例えば、アルキレン基、アリーレン基及びヘテロアリーレン基が挙げられる。アルキレン基としては、直鎖、分岐、環状が挙げられる。
 (t+1)価の連結基は、特に、下記構造式(PA-4)~(PA-9)で表される連結基が好ましい。*はA及びCとの連結部を表す。
In the formula (PZ), examples of the (t + 1) -valent linking group represented by B include an alkylene group, an arylene group, and a heteroarylene group. Examples of the alkylene group include straight chain, branched, and cyclic.
The (t + 1) -valent linking group is particularly preferably a linking group represented by the following structural formulas (PA-4) to (PA-9). * Represents a connecting part with A and C.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000020
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000020
 式(PA-4)~(PA-9)のうちでも、特にBとして、構造式(PA-5)又は(PA-8)で表される連結基を有する顔料誘導体が、分散性により優れることから好ましい。 Among the formulas (PA-4) to (PA-9), the pigment derivative having a linking group represented by the structural formula (PA-5) or (PA-8), particularly as B, is excellent in dispersibility. To preferred.
 式(PZ)中、Dで表されるアルキレン基及びアリーレン基としては、例えば、メチレン基、エチレン基、プロピレン基、ブチレン基、ペンチレン基、ヘキシレン基、デシレン基、シクロプロピレン基、シクロブチレン基、シクロペンチレン基、シクロヘキシレン基、シクロオクチレン基、シクロデシレン基、フェニレン基、ナフチレン基等が挙げられる。これらのうちでも、Dとしては、直鎖アルキレン基が好ましく、炭素数1~5の直鎖アルキレン基がより好ましい。 In the formula (PZ), as the alkylene group and arylene group represented by D, for example, methylene group, ethylene group, propylene group, butylene group, pentylene group, hexylene group, decylene group, cyclopropylene group, cyclobutylene group, Examples include a cyclopentylene group, a cyclohexylene group, a cyclooctylene group, a cyclodecylene group, a phenylene group, and a naphthylene group. Among these, as D, a linear alkylene group is preferable, and a linear alkylene group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms is more preferable.
 式(PZ)中、Eが-N(Rpa)(Rpb)を表す場合、Rpa及びRpbにおけるアルキル基及びアリール基としては、例えば、メチル基、エチル基、プロピル基、イソプロピル基、ブチル基、sec-ブチル基、tert-ブチル基、ペンチル基、イソペンチル基、ネオペンチル基、ヘキシル基、オクチル基、デシル基、シクロプロピル基、シクロブチル基、シクロペンチル基、シクロヘキシル基、シクロオクチル基、シクロデシル基、フェニル基、ナフチル基等を挙げることができる。Rpa及びRpbとしては、特に直鎖又は分岐のアルキル基が好ましく、炭素数1~5の直鎖又は分岐のアルキル基が最も好ましい。
 式(PZ)中、Eが、-SOHの塩、又は、-COHの塩を表す場合、塩を形成する原子又は原子団としては、リチウム原子、ナトリウム原子、カリウム原子等のアルカリ金属、アンモニウム、テトラアルキルアンモニウムなどが好ましい。
 上記tは1又は2が好ましい。
In the formula (PZ), when E represents —N (Rpa) (Rpb), examples of the alkyl group and aryl group in Rpa and Rpb include a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, an isopropyl group, a butyl group, sec -Butyl group, tert-butyl group, pentyl group, isopentyl group, neopentyl group, hexyl group, octyl group, decyl group, cyclopropyl group, cyclobutyl group, cyclopentyl group, cyclohexyl group, cyclooctyl group, cyclodecyl group, phenyl group, A naphthyl group etc. can be mentioned. As Rpa and Rpb, a linear or branched alkyl group is particularly preferable, and a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms is most preferable.
In the formula (PZ), when E represents a salt of —SO 3 H or a salt of —CO 2 H, the atom or atomic group forming the salt includes an alkali such as a lithium atom, a sodium atom, or a potassium atom Metal, ammonium, tetraalkylammonium and the like are preferable.
T is preferably 1 or 2.
 顔料誘導体の具体例としては、以下が挙げられる。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000021
Specific examples of the pigment derivative include the following.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000021
 顔料誘導体の含有量は、顔料の全質量に対し、1~50質量%が好ましく、3~30質量%が更に好ましい。顔料誘導体は、1種のみを用いてもよいし、2種以上を併用してもよい。 The content of the pigment derivative is preferably 1 to 50% by mass, more preferably 3 to 30% by mass, based on the total mass of the pigment. Only one pigment derivative may be used, or two or more pigment derivatives may be used in combination.
<<溶剤>>
 本発明の着色組成物は、溶剤を含有することができる。溶剤としては、有機溶剤が挙げられる。溶剤は、各成分の溶解性や組成物の塗布性を満足すれば基本的には特に制限はないが、組成物の塗布性、安全性を考慮して選ばれることが好ましい。
<< Solvent >>
The coloring composition of the present invention can contain a solvent. Examples of the solvent include organic solvents. The solvent is basically not particularly limited as long as it satisfies the solubility of each component and the applicability of the composition, but is preferably selected in consideration of the applicability and safety of the composition.
 有機溶剤の例としては、例えば、以下のものが挙げられる。
 エステル類として、例えば、酢酸エチル、酢酸-n-ブチル、酢酸イソブチル、酢酸シクロヘキシル、ギ酸アミル、酢酸イソアミル、酢酸イソブチル、プロピオン酸ブチル、酪酸イソプロピル、酪酸エチル、酪酸ブチル、乳酸メチル、乳酸エチル、アルキルオキシ酢酸アルキル(例えば、アルキルオキシ酢酸メチル、アルキルオキシ酢酸エチル、アルキルオキシ酢酸ブチル(例えば、メトキシ酢酸メチル、メトキシ酢酸エチル、メトキシ酢酸ブチル、エトキシ酢酸メチル、エトキシ酢酸エチル等))、3-アルキルオキシプロピオン酸アルキルエステル類(例えば、3-アルキルオキシプロピオン酸メチル、3-アルキルオキシプロピオン酸エチル等(例えば、3-メトキシプロピオン酸メチル、3-メトキシプロピオン酸エチル、3-エトキシプロピオン酸メチル、3-エトキシプロピオン酸エチル等))、2-アルキルオキシプロピオン酸アルキルエステル類(例えば、2-アルキルオキシプロピオン酸メチル、2-アルキルオキシプロピオン酸エチル、2-アルキルオキシプロピオン酸プロピル等(例えば、2-メトキシプロピオン酸メチル、2-メトキシプロピオン酸エチル、2-メトキシプロピオン酸プロピル、2-エトキシプロピオン酸メチル、2-エトキシプロピオン酸エチル))、2-アルキルオキシ-2-メチルプロピオン酸メチル及び2-アルキルオキシ-2-メチルプロピオン酸エチル(例えば、2-メトキシ-2-メチルプロピオン酸メチル、2-エトキシ-2-メチルプロピオン酸エチル等)、ピルビン酸メチル、ピルビン酸エチル、ピルビン酸プロピル、アセト酢酸メチル、アセト酢酸エチル、2-オキソブタン酸メチル、2-オキソブタン酸エチル等が挙げられる。エーテル類として、例えば、ジエチレングリコールジメチルエーテル、テトラヒドロフラン、エチレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、エチレングリコールモノエチルエーテル、メチルセロソルブアセテート、エチルセロソルブアセテート、ジエチレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、ジエチレングリコールモノエチルエーテル、ジエチレングリコールモノブチルエーテル、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート、プロピレングリコールモノエチルエーテルアセテート、プロピレングリコールモノプロピルエーテルアセテート等が挙げられる。ケトン類として、例えば、メチルエチルケトン、シクロヘキサノン、シクロペンタノン、2-ヘプタノン、3-ヘプタノン等が挙げられる。芳香族炭化水素類として、例えば、トルエン、キシレン等が挙げられる。
Examples of the organic solvent include the following.
Examples of esters include ethyl acetate, n-butyl acetate, isobutyl acetate, cyclohexyl acetate, amyl formate, isoamyl acetate, isobutyl acetate, butyl propionate, isopropyl butyrate, ethyl butyrate, butyl butyrate, methyl lactate, ethyl lactate, alkyl Alkyl oxyacetate (eg, methyl alkyloxyacetate, ethyl alkyloxyacetate, butyl alkyloxyacetate (eg, methyl methoxyacetate, ethyl methoxyacetate, butyl methoxyacetate, methyl ethoxyacetate, ethyl ethoxyacetate)), 3-alkyloxy Propionic acid alkyl esters (for example, methyl 3-alkyloxypropionate, ethyl 3-alkyloxypropionate, etc. (for example, methyl 3-methoxypropionate, ethyl 3-methoxypropionate, 3-ethoxy) Methyl cypropionate, ethyl 3-ethoxypropionate, etc.)), 2-alkyloxypropionic acid alkyl esters (for example, methyl 2-alkyloxypropionate, ethyl 2-alkyloxypropionate, propyl 2-alkyloxypropionate) Etc. (for example, methyl 2-methoxypropionate, ethyl 2-methoxypropionate, propyl 2-methoxypropionate, methyl 2-ethoxypropionate, ethyl 2-ethoxypropionate), 2-alkyloxy-2-methylpropion Methyl and 2-alkyloxy-2-methylpropionate (for example, methyl 2-methoxy-2-methylpropionate, ethyl 2-ethoxy-2-methylpropionate, etc.), methyl pyruvate, ethyl pyruvate, pyruvin Acid propi , Methyl acetoacetate, ethyl acetoacetate, methyl 2-oxobutanoate, ethyl 2-oxobutanoate, and the like. Examples of ethers include diethylene glycol dimethyl ether, tetrahydrofuran, ethylene glycol monomethyl ether, ethylene glycol monoethyl ether, methyl cellosolve acetate, ethyl cellosolve acetate, diethylene glycol monomethyl ether, diethylene glycol monoethyl ether, diethylene glycol monobutyl ether, propylene glycol monomethyl ether, propylene glycol Examples thereof include monomethyl ether acetate, propylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, propylene glycol monopropyl ether acetate and the like. Examples of ketones include methyl ethyl ketone, cyclohexanone, cyclopentanone, 2-heptanone, and 3-heptanone. Examples of aromatic hydrocarbons include toluene and xylene.
 有機溶剤は、1種単独で用いてもよく、2種以上を組み合わせて用いてもよい。
 有機溶剤を2種以上組みあわせて用いる場合、特に好ましくは、上記の3-エトキシプロピオン酸メチル、3-エトキシプロピオン酸エチル、エチルセロソルブアセテート、乳酸エチル、ジエチレングリコールジメチルエーテル、酢酸ブチル、3-メトキシプロピオン酸メチル、2-ヘプタノン、シクロヘキサノン、エチルカルビトールアセテート、ブチルカルビトールアセテート、プロピレングリコールメチルエーテル、及びプロピレングリコールメチルエーテルアセテートから選択される2種以上で構成される混合溶液である。
 本発明において、有機溶剤は、過酸化物の含有率が0.8mmol/L以下であることが好ましく、過酸化物を実質的に含まないことがより好ましい。
An organic solvent may be used individually by 1 type, and may be used in combination of 2 or more type.
When two or more organic solvents are used in combination, the above-mentioned methyl 3-ethoxypropionate, ethyl 3-ethoxypropionate, ethyl cellosolve acetate, ethyl lactate, diethylene glycol dimethyl ether, butyl acetate, 3-methoxypropionic acid It is a mixed solution composed of two or more selected from methyl, 2-heptanone, cyclohexanone, ethyl carbitol acetate, butyl carbitol acetate, propylene glycol methyl ether, and propylene glycol methyl ether acetate.
In the present invention, the organic solvent preferably has a peroxide content of 0.8 mmol / L or less, and more preferably contains substantially no peroxide.
 溶剤の含有量は、着色組成物の全量に対し、10~95質量%であることが好ましい。下限は、20質量%以上がより好ましく、30質量%以上が更に好ましい。上限は、90質量%以下がより好ましい。 The content of the solvent is preferably 10 to 95% by mass with respect to the total amount of the colored composition. The lower limit is more preferably 20% by mass or more, and further preferably 30% by mass or more. The upper limit is more preferably 90% by mass or less.
<<重合禁止剤>>
 本発明の着色組成物は、着色組成物の製造中又は保存中において、硬化性化合物の不要な熱重合を阻止するために、重合禁止剤を含有させてもよい。
 重合禁止剤としては、ハイドロキノン、パラメトキシフェノール、ジ-tert-ブチル-パラクレゾール、ピロガロール、tert-ブチルカテコール、ベンゾキノン、4,4’-チオビス(3-メチル-6-tert-ブチルフェノール)、2,2’-メチレンビス(4-メチル-6-tert-ブチルフェノール)、N-ニトロソフェニルヒドロキシアミン第一セリウム塩等が挙げられる。中でも、パラメトキシフェノールが好ましい。
 重合禁止剤の含有量は、着色組成物の全固形分に対して、0.01~5質量%が好ましい。
<< Polymerization inhibitor >>
The coloring composition of the present invention may contain a polymerization inhibitor in order to prevent unnecessary thermal polymerization of the curable compound during the production or storage of the coloring composition.
Polymerization inhibitors include hydroquinone, paramethoxyphenol, di-tert-butyl-paracresol, pyrogallol, tert-butylcatechol, benzoquinone, 4,4′-thiobis (3-methyl-6-tert-butylphenol), 2, 2'-methylenebis (4-methyl-6-tert-butylphenol), N-nitrosophenylhydroxyamine primary cerium salt and the like. Of these, paramethoxyphenol is preferred.
The content of the polymerization inhibitor is preferably 0.01 to 5% by mass with respect to the total solid content of the colored composition.
<<界面活性剤>>
 本発明の着色組成物は、塗布性をより向上させる観点から、各種の界面活性剤を含有させてもよい。界面活性剤としては、フッ素系界面活性剤、ノニオン系界面活性剤、カチオン系界面活性剤、アニオン系界面活性剤、シリコーン系界面活性剤などの各種界面活性剤を使用できる。
<< Surfactant >>
The colored composition of the present invention may contain various surfactants from the viewpoint of further improving coatability. As the surfactant, various surfactants such as a fluorine-based surfactant, a nonionic surfactant, a cationic surfactant, an anionic surfactant, and a silicone-based surfactant can be used.
 上記組成物にフッ素系界面活性剤を含有させることで、塗布液として調製したときの液特性(特に、流動性)がより向上し、塗布厚の均一性や省液性をより改善することができる。
 即ち、フッ素系界面活性剤を含有する組成物を適用した塗布液を用いて膜形成する場合においては、被塗布面と塗布液との界面張力が低下して、被塗布面への濡れ性が改善され、被塗布面への塗布性が向上する。このため、厚みムラの小さい均一厚の膜形成をより好適に行うことができる。
By including a fluorosurfactant in the above composition, the liquid properties (particularly fluidity) when prepared as a coating liquid can be further improved, and the uniformity of coating thickness and liquid saving can be further improved. it can.
That is, in the case of forming a film using a coating liquid to which a composition containing a fluorosurfactant is applied, the interfacial tension between the coated surface and the coating liquid decreases, and the wettability to the coated surface is reduced. It improves and the applicability | paintability to a to-be-coated surface improves. For this reason, it is possible to more suitably form a film having a uniform thickness with small thickness unevenness.
 フッ素系界面活性剤中のフッ素含有率は、3~40質量%が好適であり、より好ましくは5~30質量%であり、特に好ましくは7~25質量%である。フッ素含有率がこの範囲内であるフッ素系界面活性剤は、塗布膜の厚さの均一性や省液性の点で効果的であり、組成物中における溶解性も良好である。 The fluorine content in the fluorosurfactant is preferably 3 to 40% by mass, more preferably 5 to 30% by mass, and particularly preferably 7 to 25% by mass. A fluorine-based surfactant having a fluorine content within this range is effective in terms of uniformity of coating film thickness and liquid-saving properties, and has good solubility in the composition.
 フッ素系界面活性剤としては、例えば、メガファックF171、同F172、同F173、同F176、同F177、同F141、同F142、同F143、同F144、同R30、同F437、同F475、同F479、同F482、同F554、同F780、RS-72-K(以上、DIC(株)製)、フロラードFC430、同FC431、同FC171(以上、住友スリーエム(株)製)、サーフロンS-382、同SC-101、同SC-103、同SC-104、同SC-105、同SC1068、同SC-381、同SC-383、同S393、同KH-40(以上、旭硝子(株)製)、PF636、PF656、PF6320、PF6520、PF7002(OMNOVA社製)等が挙げられる。フッ素系界面活性剤としてブロックポリマーを用いることもでき、具体例としては、例えば特開2011-89090号公報に記載された化合物が挙げられる。
 フッ素系界面活性剤は、フッ素原子を有する(メタ)アクリレート化合物に由来する繰り返し単位と、アルキレンオキシ基(好ましくはエチレンオキシ基、プロピレンオキシ基)を2以上(好ましくは5以上)有する(メタ)アクリレート化合物に由来する繰り返し単位と、を含む含フッ素高分子化合物も好ましく用いることができ、下記化合物も本発明で用いられるフッ素系界面活性剤として例示される。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000022
 上記の化合物の重量平均分子量は、好ましくは3,000~50,000であり、例えば、14,000である。また、エチレン性不飽和基を側鎖に有する含フッ素重合体をフッ素系界面活性剤として用いることもできる。具体例としては、特開2010-164965号公報0050~0090段落及び0289~0295段落に記載された化合物、例えばDIC社製のメガファックRS-101、RS-102、RS-718K等が挙げられる。
 また、フッ素系界面活性剤は下記化合物を用いることもできる。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000023
Examples of the fluorosurfactant include MegaFuck F171, F172, F173, F176, F177, F141, F142, F143, F144, R30, F437, F475, F479, F482, F554, F780, RS-72-K (above DIC Corporation), Florard FC430, FC431, FC171 (above, Sumitomo 3M Limited), Surflon S-382, SC -101, SC-103, SC-104, SC-105, SC-1068, SC-381, SC-383, S393, K393, KH-40 (above, manufactured by Asahi Glass Co., Ltd.), PF636, PF656, PF6320, PF6520, PF7002 (made by OMNOVA) etc. are mentioned. A block polymer can also be used as the fluorosurfactant, and specific examples thereof include compounds described in JP-A-2011-89090.
The fluorine-based surfactant has a repeating unit derived from a (meth) acrylate compound having a fluorine atom and 2 or more (preferably 5 or more) alkyleneoxy groups (preferably ethyleneoxy group or propyleneoxy group) (meth). A fluorine-containing polymer compound containing a repeating unit derived from an acrylate compound can also be preferably used, and the following compounds are also exemplified as the fluorine-based surfactant used in the present invention.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000022
The weight average molecular weight of the above compound is preferably 3,000 to 50,000, for example, 14,000. Moreover, the fluoropolymer which has an ethylenically unsaturated group in a side chain can also be used as a fluorine-type surfactant. Specific examples include compounds described in JP-A 2010-164965, paragraphs 0050 to 0090 and 0289 to 0295, such as MegaFac RS-101, RS-102, and RS-718K manufactured by DIC.
Moreover, the following compound can also be used for a fluorine-type surfactant.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000023
 ノニオン系界面活性剤として具体的には、グリセロール、トリメチロールプロパン、トリメチロールエタン並びにそれらのエトキシレート及びプロポキシレート(例えば、グリセロールプロポキシレート、グリセロールエトキシレート等)、ポリオキシエチレンラウリルエーテル、ポリオキシエチレンステアリルエーテル、ポリオキシエチレンオレイルエーテル、ポリオキシエチレンオクチルフェニルエーテル、ポリオキシエチレンノニルフェニルエーテル、ポリエチレングリコールジラウレート、ポリエチレングリコールジステアレート、ソルビタン脂肪酸エステル(BASF社製のプルロニックL10、L31、L61、L62、10R5、17R2、25R2、テトロニック304、701、704、901、904、150R1)、ソルスパース20000(日本ルーブリゾール(株)製)等が挙げられる。また、和光純薬工業社製の、NCW-101、NCW-1001、NCW-1002を使用することもできる。 Specific examples of nonionic surfactants include glycerol, trimethylolpropane, trimethylolethane and ethoxylates and propoxylates thereof (for example, glycerol propoxylate, glycerol ethoxylate, etc.), polyoxyethylene lauryl ether, polyoxyethylene Stearyl ether, polyoxyethylene oleyl ether, polyoxyethylene octylphenyl ether, polyoxyethylene nonylphenyl ether, polyethylene glycol dilaurate, polyethylene glycol distearate, sorbitan fatty acid ester (Pluronic L10, L31, L61, L62 manufactured by BASF, 10R5, 17R2, 25R2, Tetronic 304, 701, 704, 901, 904, 150R1) Solsperse 20000 (manufactured by Nippon Lubrizol Corporation), and the like. Also, NCW-101, NCW-1001, NCW-1002 manufactured by Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd. can be used.
 カチオン系界面活性剤として具体的には、フタロシアニン誘導体(商品名:EFKA-745、森下産業(株)製)、オルガノシロキサンポリマーKP341(信越化学工業(株)製)、(メタ)アクリル酸系(共)重合体ポリフローNo.75、No.90、No.95(共栄社化学(株)製)、W001(裕商(株)製)等が挙げられる。 Specific examples of the cationic surfactant include phthalocyanine derivatives (trade name: EFKA-745, manufactured by Morishita Sangyo Co., Ltd.), organosiloxane polymer KP341 (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.), (meth) acrylic acid ( Co) polymer polyflow no. 75, no. 90, no. 95 (manufactured by Kyoeisha Chemical Co., Ltd.), W001 (manufactured by Yusho Co., Ltd.) and the like.
 アニオン系界面活性剤として具体的には、W004、W005、W017(裕商(株)製)、サンデットBL(三洋化成(株)製)等が挙げられる。 Specific examples of the anionic surfactant include W004, W005, W017 (manufactured by Yusho Co., Ltd.), Sandet BL (manufactured by Sanyo Kasei Co., Ltd.), and the like.
 シリコーン系界面活性剤としては、例えば、トーレシリコーンDC3PA、トーレシリコーンSH7PA、トーレシリコーンDC11PA、トーレシリコーンSH21PA、トーレシリコーンSH28PA、トーレシリコーンSH29PA、トーレシリコーンSH30PA、トーレシリコーンSH8400(以上、東レ・ダウコーニング(株)製)、TSF-4440、TSF-4300、TSF-4445、TSF-4460、TSF-4452(以上、モメンティブ・パフォーマンス・マテリアルズ社製)、KP341、KF6001、KF6002(以上、信越シリコーン株式会社製)、BYK307、BYK323、BYK330(以上、ビックケミー社製)等が挙げられる。 Examples of silicone-based surfactants include Torre Silicone DC3PA, Torre Silicone SH7PA, Torre Silicone DC11PA, Torresilicone SH21PA, Torree Silicone SH28PA, Torree Silicone SH29PA, Torree Silicone SH30PA, Torree Silicone SH8400 (above, Toray Dow Corning Co., Ltd.) )), TSF-4440, TSF-4300, TSF-4445, TSF-4460, TSF-4442 (above, manufactured by Momentive Performance Materials), KP341, KF6001, KF6002 (above, manufactured by Shin-Etsu Silicone Co., Ltd.) , BYK307, BYK323, BYK330 (above, manufactured by BYK Chemie) and the like.
 界面活性剤は、1種のみを用いてもよいし、2種類以上を組み合わせてもよい。
 界面活性剤の含有量は、着色組成物の全固形分に対して、0.001~2.0質量%が好ましく0.005~1.0質量%がより好ましい。
Only one type of surfactant may be used, or two or more types may be combined.
The content of the surfactant is preferably 0.001 to 2.0% by mass and more preferably 0.005 to 1.0% by mass with respect to the total solid content of the coloring composition.
<<その他成分>>
 本発明の着色組成物は、アゾ系化合物や過酸化物系化合物などの熱重合開始剤、熱重合成分、アルコキシベンゾフェノン等の紫外線吸収剤、ジオクチルフタレートなどの可塑剤、低分子量有機カルボン酸などの現像性向上剤、その他充填剤、酸化防止剤、凝集防止剤などの各種添加物を含有することができる。
<< Other ingredients >>
The coloring composition of the present invention includes a thermal polymerization initiator such as an azo compound or a peroxide compound, a thermal polymerization component, an ultraviolet absorber such as alkoxybenzophenone, a plasticizer such as dioctyl phthalate, and a low molecular weight organic carboxylic acid. Various additives such as a developability improver, other fillers, antioxidants and anti-aggregation agents can be contained.
 用いる原料等により組成物中に金属元素が含まれることがあるが、欠陥発生抑制等の観点で、着色組成物中の第2族元素(カルシウム、マグネシウム等)の含有量は50ppm以下であることが好ましく、0.01~10ppmに制御することが好ましい。また、着色組成物中の無機金属塩の総量は100ppm以下であることが好ましく、0.5~50ppmに制御することがより好ましい。 Depending on the raw materials used, the composition may contain metal elements, but from the standpoint of suppressing defects, the content of Group 2 elements (calcium, magnesium, etc.) in the colored composition is 50 ppm or less. And is preferably controlled to 0.01 to 10 ppm. The total amount of the inorganic metal salt in the coloring composition is preferably 100 ppm or less, and more preferably controlled to 0.5 to 50 ppm.
<着色組成物の調製方法>
 本発明の着色組成物は、前述の成分を混合して調製できる。
 着色組成物の調製に際しては、各成分を一括配合してもよいし、各成分を溶剤に溶解・分散した後に逐次配合してもよい。また、配合する際の投入順序や作業条件は特に制約を受けない。例えば、全成分を同時に溶剤に溶解・分散して組成物を調製してもよいし、必要に応じては、各成分を適宜2つ以上の溶液・分散液としておいて、使用時(塗布時)にこれらを混合して組成物として調製してもよい。
<Method for preparing colored composition>
The coloring composition of the present invention can be prepared by mixing the aforementioned components.
In preparing the coloring composition, each component may be blended at once, or may be blended sequentially after each component is dissolved and dispersed in a solvent. In addition, there are no particular restrictions on the charging order and working conditions when blending. For example, the composition may be prepared by dissolving and dispersing all components in a solvent at the same time. If necessary, each component may be suitably used as two or more solutions / dispersions at the time of use (at the time of application). ) May be mixed to prepare a composition.
 また、赤色顔料を必要により、樹脂、有機溶剤、顔料誘導体等のその他の成分等と共に分散して、顔料分散液を調製し、得られた顔料分散液を、着色組成物のその他の成分と混合して調製することが好ましい。 If necessary, a red pigment is dispersed together with other components such as a resin, an organic solvent, and a pigment derivative to prepare a pigment dispersion, and the resulting pigment dispersion is mixed with other components of the coloring composition. It is preferable to prepare it.
 着色組成物の製造にあたり、異物の除去や欠陥の低減などの目的で、フィルタでろ過することが好ましい。フィルタとしては、従来からろ過用途等に用いられているものであれば特に限定されることなく用いることができる。例えば、ポリテトラフルオロエチレン(PTFE)等のフッ素樹脂、ナイロン(例えばナイロン-6、ナイロン-6,6)等のポリアミド系樹脂、ポリエチレン、ポリプロピレン(PP)等のポリオレフィン樹脂(高密度、超高分子量のポリオレフィン樹脂を含む)等の素材を用いたフィルタが挙げられる。これら素材の中でもポリプロピレン(高密度ポリプロピレンを含む)及びナイロンが好ましい。
 フィルタの孔径は、0.01~7.0μm程度が適しており、好ましくは0.01~3.0μm程度、更に好ましくは0.05~0.5μm程度である。この範囲とすることにより、後工程において均一及び平滑な組成物の調製を阻害する、微細な異物を確実に除去することが可能となる。また、ファイバ状のろ材を用いることも好ましく、ろ材としては例えばポリプロピレンファイバ、ナイロンファイバ、グラスファイバ等が挙げられ、具体的にはロキテクノ社製のSBPタイプシリーズ(SBP008など)、TPRタイプシリーズ(TPR002、TPR005など)、SHPXタイプシリーズ(SHPX003など)のフィルタカートリッジを用いることができる。
In the production of the coloring composition, it is preferable to filter with a filter for the purpose of removing foreign substances or reducing defects. Any filter can be used without particular limitation as long as it has been conventionally used for filtration. For example, fluororesin such as polytetrafluoroethylene (PTFE), polyamide resin such as nylon (eg nylon-6, nylon-6,6), polyolefin resin such as polyethylene and polypropylene (PP) (high density, ultra high molecular weight) And a filter using a material such as polyolefin resin). Among these materials, polypropylene (including high density polypropylene) and nylon are preferable.
The pore size of the filter is suitably about 0.01 to 7.0 μm, preferably about 0.01 to 3.0 μm, more preferably about 0.05 to 0.5 μm. By setting it as this range, it becomes possible to remove reliably the fine foreign material which inhibits preparation of a uniform and smooth composition in a post process. Further, it is also preferable to use a fiber-shaped filter medium, and examples of the filter medium include polypropylene fiber, nylon fiber, glass fiber, and the like. , TPR005, etc.) and SHPX type series (SHPX003 etc.) filter cartridges can be used.
 フィルタを使用する際、異なるフィルタを組み合わせてもよい。その際、第1のフィルタでのフィルタリングは、1回のみでもよいし、2回以上行ってもよい。
 また、上述した範囲内で異なる孔径の第1のフィルタを組み合わせてもよい。ここでの孔径は、フィルタメーカーの公称値を参照することができる。市販のフィルタとしては、例えば、日本ポール株式会社(DFA4201NXEYなど)、アドバンテック東洋株式会社、日本インテグリス株式会社(旧日本マイクロリス株式会社)又は株式会社キッツマイクロフィルタ等が提供する各種フィルタの中から選択することができる。
 第2のフィルタは、上述した第1のフィルタと同様の材料等で形成されたものを使用することができる。
 例えば、第1のフィルタでのフィルタリングは、分散液のみで行い、他の成分を混合した後で、第2のフィルタリングを行ってもよい。
When using filters, different filters may be combined. At that time, the filtering by the first filter may be performed only once or may be performed twice or more.
Moreover, you may combine the 1st filter of a different hole diameter within the range mentioned above. The pore diameter here can refer to the nominal value of the filter manufacturer. As a commercially available filter, for example, selected from various filters provided by Nippon Pole Co., Ltd. (DFA4201NXEY, etc.), Advantech Toyo Co., Ltd., Japan Integris Co., Ltd. (formerly Nihon Microlith Co., Ltd.) can do.
As the second filter, a filter formed of the same material as the first filter described above can be used.
For example, the filtering by the first filter may be performed only with the dispersion, and the second filtering may be performed after mixing other components.
<着色組成物の物性>
 本発明の着色組成物は、本発明の着色組成物を用いて形成した、厚さ3.0μmの膜の、波長534nmの光で励起した際の波長600~700nm範囲の蛍光の積分強度を、上述した厚さ3.0μmの硬化膜Aの、波長534nmの光で励起した際の波長600~700nmの範囲の蛍光の積分強度で割った値が0.5以下であることが好ましく、0.3以下がより好ましく、0.2以下が更に好ましく、0.1以下が特に好ましい。
<Physical properties of coloring composition>
The colored composition of the present invention has an integrated intensity of fluorescence in a wavelength range of 600 to 700 nm when excited with light having a wavelength of 534 nm in a 3.0 μm-thick film formed using the colored composition of the present invention. The value obtained by dividing the above-described cured film A having a thickness of 3.0 μm by the integrated intensity of fluorescence in the wavelength range of 600 to 700 nm when excited with light having a wavelength of 534 nm is preferably 0.5 or less. 3 or less is more preferable, 0.2 or less is more preferable, and 0.1 or less is particularly preferable.
<エミッションフィルタ>
 本発明のエミッションフィルタは、上述した本発明の着色組成物を用いてなるものである。本発明のエミッションフィルタは、蛍光センサのエミッションフィルタとして用いることが好ましい。
<Emission filter>
The emission filter of the present invention uses the above-described colored composition of the present invention. The emission filter of the present invention is preferably used as an emission filter of a fluorescent sensor.
 本発明のエミッションフィルタは、波長534nmの光で励起した際の波長600~700nm範囲の蛍光の積分強度が、0.5~0.0001であることが好ましく、0.3~0.001がより好ましい。
 本発明のエミッションフィルタの膜厚は、10000~50000nmが好ましく、10000~35000nmがより好ましい。
 本発明のエミッションフィルタは、波長400~450nmの範囲における透過率が20%以下であることが好ましく、10%以下であることがより好ましく、5%以下であることが更に好ましい。
 本発明のエミッションフィルタは、波長550~600nmの範囲における透過率が40%以上であることが好ましく、45%以上であることがより好ましく、50%以上であることが更に好ましい。
In the emission filter of the present invention, the integral intensity of fluorescence in the wavelength range of 600 to 700 nm when excited with light having a wavelength of 534 nm is preferably 0.5 to 0.0001, more preferably 0.3 to 0.001. preferable.
The film thickness of the emission filter of the present invention is preferably 10,000 to 50,000 nm, and more preferably 10,000 to 35,000 nm.
In the emission filter of the present invention, the transmittance in the wavelength range of 400 to 450 nm is preferably 20% or less, more preferably 10% or less, and even more preferably 5% or less.
In the emission filter of the present invention, the transmittance in the wavelength range of 550 to 600 nm is preferably 40% or more, more preferably 45% or more, and further preferably 50% or more.
<蛍光センサ>
 次に、本発明の蛍光センサについて説明する。
 本発明の蛍光センサは、本発明の着色組成物を用いたエミッションフィルタを有する構成であれば特に限定はない。
 蛍光センサとしては、試料に対して励起光を照射して用いるものが挙げられる。試料としては、特に限定はなく、励起光を照射することで、蛍光を発生するものなどが挙げられる。例えば、タンパク質、核酸(DNA(デオキシリボ核酸)、RNA(リボ核酸)など)、細胞、微生物等が挙げられる。
 本発明の蛍光センサは、DNAセンサとして好ましく用いることができる。
<Fluorescence sensor>
Next, the fluorescence sensor of the present invention will be described.
The fluorescent sensor of the present invention is not particularly limited as long as it has an emission filter using the colored composition of the present invention.
Examples of the fluorescence sensor include those used by irradiating a sample with excitation light. The sample is not particularly limited, and examples include samples that generate fluorescence when irradiated with excitation light. Examples thereof include proteins, nucleic acids (DNA (deoxyribonucleic acid), RNA (ribonucleic acid), etc.), cells, microorganisms, and the like.
The fluorescent sensor of the present invention can be preferably used as a DNA sensor.
 本発明の蛍光センサの一実施形態について、図1を用いて説明する。なお、本発明の蛍光センサは以下の実施形態に限定されるものではない。
 図1に示す蛍光センサは、落下型の蛍光センサである。図1に示す蛍光センサは、光源1と、励起フィルタ2と、ビームスプリッタ3と、対物レンズ4と、試料ホルダ5と、エミッションフィルタ6と、接眼部7とを有する。エミッションフィルタ6は、本発明の着色組成物で構成されている。図中の矢印は、光(励起光、蛍光など)の進行方向を示している。
An embodiment of the fluorescence sensor of the present invention will be described with reference to FIG. The fluorescent sensor of the present invention is not limited to the following embodiment.
The fluorescence sensor shown in FIG. 1 is a drop-type fluorescence sensor. The fluorescent sensor shown in FIG. 1 includes a light source 1, an excitation filter 2, a beam splitter 3, an objective lens 4, a sample holder 5, an emission filter 6, and an eyepiece 7. The emission filter 6 is composed of the coloring composition of the present invention. The arrows in the figure indicate the traveling direction of light (excitation light, fluorescence, etc.).
 図1に示す蛍光センサは、光源1から照射された光が、励起フィルタ2によって励起波長の光に制限されて励起光となる。
 光源1としては、特に限定はない。例えば、低圧水銀灯、高圧水銀灯、超高圧水銀灯、ケミカルランプ、キセノンランプ、紫外線発光ダイオード(紫外線LED)、エキシマレーザー発生装置などを用いることができる。
 励起フィルタ2は、目的とする励起光の種類によって、適宜選択することができる。例えば、波長534nmの光を励起光として使用する場合は、波長534nmの光を透過し、それ以外の波長の光を遮光するフィルタを用いることが好ましい。
 励起光は、ビームスプリッタ3で反射され、対物レンズ4を通って、試料ホルダ5上の試料100に照射される。試料100に励起光が照射されると、試料から発生した蛍光と、試料によって散乱された励起光が、対物レンズ4を通ってビームスプリッタ3に導かれる。ビームスプリッタ3に導かれた光のうち、蛍光成分を含む光は、ビームスプリッタ3を直進してエミッションフィルタ6に導かれる。エミッションフィルタ6では、ビームスプリッタ3を直進した光のうち、目的とする蛍光の波長のみを透過させて、目的とする蛍光の波長を接眼部7に導く。接眼部に導かれた蛍光は、肉眼観察や、カメラ等で観測することができる。
 本発明の蛍光センサは、エミッションフィルタ6が、励起光に対して低い蛍光性を有するため、エミッションフィルタに起因する蛍光による影響を抑制でき、検出感度が優れている。
In the fluorescence sensor shown in FIG. 1, light emitted from the light source 1 is limited to light having an excitation wavelength by the excitation filter 2 and becomes excitation light.
The light source 1 is not particularly limited. For example, a low pressure mercury lamp, a high pressure mercury lamp, an ultrahigh pressure mercury lamp, a chemical lamp, a xenon lamp, an ultraviolet light emitting diode (ultraviolet LED), an excimer laser generator, or the like can be used.
The excitation filter 2 can be appropriately selected depending on the type of target excitation light. For example, when light with a wavelength of 534 nm is used as excitation light, it is preferable to use a filter that transmits light with a wavelength of 534 nm and blocks light with other wavelengths.
The excitation light is reflected by the beam splitter 3, passes through the objective lens 4, and irradiates the sample 100 on the sample holder 5. When the sample 100 is irradiated with excitation light, fluorescence generated from the sample and excitation light scattered by the sample are guided to the beam splitter 3 through the objective lens 4. Of the light guided to the beam splitter 3, light including a fluorescent component travels straight through the beam splitter 3 and is guided to the emission filter 6. The emission filter 6 transmits only the target fluorescence wavelength out of the light traveling straight through the beam splitter 3 and guides the target fluorescence wavelength to the eyepiece 7. The fluorescence guided to the eyepiece can be observed with the naked eye, a camera, or the like.
In the fluorescence sensor of the present invention, since the emission filter 6 has low fluorescence with respect to excitation light, the influence of fluorescence caused by the emission filter can be suppressed, and the detection sensitivity is excellent.
 本発明の蛍光センサの他の実施形態について、図2を用いて説明する。
 図2に示す蛍光センサは、透過型の蛍光センサである。図2に示す蛍光センサは、光源11と、励起フィルタ12と、ミラー13と、試料ホルダ14と、対物レンズ15と、エミッションフィルタ16と、接眼部17とを有する。エミッションフィルタ16は、本発明の着色組成物で構成されている。
 図2に示す蛍光センサは、光源11から照射された光が、励起フィルタ12によって励起波長の光に制限されて励起光となる。励起光は、ミラー13で反射され、試料ホルダ14上の試料101に照射される。試料101に励起光が照射されると、試料から発生した蛍光と、試料によって散乱された励起光が、対物レンズ15を通って、エミッションフィルタ16に導かれる。エミッションフィルタ16では、目的とする蛍光の波長のみを透過させて、目的とする蛍光の波長を接眼部17に導く。接眼部に導かれた蛍光は、肉眼観察や、カメラ等で観測することができる。
Another embodiment of the fluorescence sensor of the present invention will be described with reference to FIG.
The fluorescence sensor shown in FIG. 2 is a transmission type fluorescence sensor. The fluorescent sensor shown in FIG. 2 includes a light source 11, an excitation filter 12, a mirror 13, a sample holder 14, an objective lens 15, an emission filter 16, and an eyepiece 17. The emission filter 16 is composed of the coloring composition of the present invention.
In the fluorescence sensor shown in FIG. 2, light emitted from the light source 11 is limited to light having an excitation wavelength by the excitation filter 12 and becomes excitation light. The excitation light is reflected by the mirror 13 and applied to the sample 101 on the sample holder 14. When the sample 101 is irradiated with excitation light, fluorescence generated from the sample and excitation light scattered by the sample are guided to the emission filter 16 through the objective lens 15. The emission filter 16 transmits only the target fluorescence wavelength and guides the target fluorescence wavelength to the eyepiece 17. The fluorescence guided to the eyepiece can be observed with the naked eye, a camera, or the like.
<蛍光センサの製造方法>
 本発明の蛍光センサの製造方法は、本発明の着色組成物を用いてエミッションフィルタを形成する工程を有する。
 具体的には、本発明の着色組成物を用いて、支持体上に着色組成物層を形成する工程、着色組成物層を硬化する工程を経て製造できる。また、更にパターンを形成する工程を行ってもよい。以下、各工程について説明する。
<Method for manufacturing fluorescent sensor>
The manufacturing method of the fluorescence sensor of this invention has the process of forming an emission filter using the coloring composition of this invention.
Specifically, using the colored composition of the present invention, it can be produced through a step of forming a colored composition layer on a support and a step of curing the colored composition layer. Further, a step of forming a pattern may be performed. Hereinafter, each step will be described.
 まず、本発明の着色組成物を用いて、支持体上に着色組成物層を形成する。支持体としては、特に限定はない。ガラス、シリコンウエハ、高分子樹脂(エポキシ樹脂等)等の透明基板が挙げられる。支持体上への組成物の適用方法としては、スリット塗布、インクジェット法、回転塗布、流延塗布、ロール塗布、スクリーン印刷法等の各種の方法を用いることができる。 First, a colored composition layer is formed on a support using the colored composition of the present invention. There is no limitation in particular as a support body. Examples thereof include transparent substrates such as glass, silicon wafers, and polymer resins (such as epoxy resins). As a method for applying the composition onto the support, various methods such as slit coating, ink jet method, spin coating, cast coating, roll coating, screen printing method and the like can be used.
 支持体上に形成した着色組成物層は、プリベークしてもよい。プリベークを行う場合、プリベーク温度は、150℃以下が好ましく、120℃以下がより好ましく、110℃以下が更に好ましい。下限は、例えば、50℃以上とすることができ、80℃以上とすることもできる。プリベーク時間は、10秒~300秒が好ましく、40~250秒がより好ましく、80~220秒が更に好ましい。乾燥は、ホットプレート、オーブン等で行うことができる。 The colored composition layer formed on the support may be pre-baked. When performing prebaking, the prebaking temperature is preferably 150 ° C. or lower, more preferably 120 ° C. or lower, and even more preferably 110 ° C. or lower. For example, the lower limit may be 50 ° C. or higher, and may be 80 ° C. or higher. The pre-bake time is preferably 10 seconds to 300 seconds, more preferably 40 to 250 seconds, and still more preferably 80 to 220 seconds. Drying can be performed with a hot plate, oven, or the like.
 次に、支持体上に形成した着色組成物層に対し、硬化処理を行って硬化する。硬化処理としては、露光処理が好ましい。
 露光に際して用いることができる放射線(光)としては、g線、i線等の紫外線が好ましく(特に好ましくはi線)用いられる。照射量(露光量)は、例えば、0.03~2.5J/cmが好ましく、0.05~1.0J/cmがより好ましく、0.08~0.5J/cmが最も好ましい。
 露光時における酸素濃度については適宜選択することができ、大気下で行う他に、例えば酸素濃度が19体積%以下の低酸素雰囲気下(例えば、15体積%、5体積%、実質的に無酸素)で露光してもよく、酸素濃度が21体積%を超える高酸素雰囲気下(例えば、22体積%、30体積%、50体積%)で露光してもよい。また、露光照度は適宜設定することが可能であり、通常1000W/m~100000W/m(例えば、5000W/m、15000W/m、35000W/m)の範囲から選択することができる。酸素濃度と露光照度は適宜条件を組み合わせてよく、例えば、酸素濃度10体積%で照度10000W/m、酸素濃度35体積%で照度20000W/mなどとすることができる。
Next, the colored composition layer formed on the support is cured by curing. As the curing process, an exposure process is preferable.
As radiation (light) that can be used for exposure, ultraviolet rays such as g-line and i-line are preferable (particularly preferably i-line). Irradiation dose (exposure dose), for example, preferably 0.03 ~ 2.5J / cm 2, more preferably 0.05 ~ 1.0J / cm 2, most preferably 0.08 ~ 0.5J / cm 2 .
The oxygen concentration at the time of exposure can be appropriately selected. In addition to being performed in the atmosphere, for example, in a low oxygen atmosphere having an oxygen concentration of 19% by volume or less (for example, 15% by volume, 5% by volume, substantially oxygen-free). ), Or in a high oxygen atmosphere (for example, 22% by volume, 30% by volume, 50% by volume) with an oxygen concentration exceeding 21% by volume. Further, the exposure illuminance can be set as appropriate, and can usually be selected from the range of 1000 W / m 2 to 100,000 W / m 2 (eg, 5000 W / m 2 , 15000 W / m 2 , 35000 W / m 2 ). . Oxygen concentration and exposure illuminance may appropriately combined conditions, for example, illuminance 10000 W / m 2 at an oxygen concentration of 10 vol%, oxygen concentration of 35 vol% can be such illuminance 20000W / m 2.
 露光処理を行った後、更に加熱処理(ポストベーク)を行うこともできる。ポストベークは、膜の硬化を完全なものとするための現像後の加熱処理である。ポストベークを行う場合、ポストベーク温度は、例えば100~240℃が好ましい。膜硬化の観点から、200~230℃がより好ましい。ポストベークは、現像後の膜を、上記条件になるようにホットプレートやコンベクションオーブン(熱風循環式乾燥機)、高周波加熱機等の加熱手段を用いて、連続式あるいはバッチ式で行うことができる。 After the exposure process, a heat treatment (post-bake) can be further performed. Post-baking is a heat treatment after development for complete film curing. In the case of performing post-baking, the post-baking temperature is preferably 100 to 240 ° C., for example. From the viewpoint of film curing, 200 to 230 ° C. is more preferable. Post-baking can be carried out continuously or batchwise using a heating means such as a hot plate, a convection oven (hot air circulation dryer), a high-frequency heater, etc., so that the film after development is in the above-mentioned condition. .
 このようにして、エミッションフィルタを製造することができる。このようにして得られたエミッションフィルタを、蛍光センサに組み込むことで、蛍光センサを製造できる。 In this way, an emission filter can be manufactured. A fluorescence sensor can be manufactured by incorporating the emission filter thus obtained into the fluorescence sensor.
 以下、本発明を実施例により更に具体的に説明するが、本発明はその主旨を越えない限り、以下の実施例に限定されるものではない。なお、特に断りのない限り、「部」、「%」は、質量基準である。また、以下において、1インチは2.54cmである。 Hereinafter, the present invention will be described more specifically with reference to examples. However, the present invention is not limited to the following examples as long as the gist thereof is not exceeded. Unless otherwise specified, “part” and “%” are based on mass. In the following, 1 inch is 2.54 cm.
(顔料の平均粒径の測定方法)
 顔料の平均粒子径は動的光散乱法によって測定した。具体的にはDLS-8000series(大塚電子製)を用いて測定した。
(Measurement method of average particle diameter of pigment)
The average particle diameter of the pigment was measured by a dynamic light scattering method. Specifically, it was measured using DLS-8000 series (manufactured by Otsuka Electronics).
(使用原料)
 実施例及び比較例の着色組成物で使用した成分は以下である。
・赤色顔料
 PR144:C.I.ピグメントレッド144
 PR166:C.I.ピグメントレッド166
 PR254:C.I.ピグメントレッド254
・樹脂
(樹脂1)
D-1:下記構造(重量平均分子量38000、各繰り返し単位(主鎖)に併記した数値は、各繰り返し単位の含有量(質量比)を表す。側鎖の繰り返し部位に併記される数値は、繰り返し部位の繰り返し数を示す。)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000024
D-2:下記構造(重量平均分子量20000、各繰り返し単位(主鎖)に併記した数値は、各繰り返し単位の含有量(質量比)を表す。側鎖の繰り返し部位に併記される数値は、繰り返し部位の繰り返し数を示す。)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000025
D-3:下記構造(重量平均分子量24000、各繰り返し単位(主鎖)に併記した数値は、各繰り返し単位の含有量(質量比)を表す。側鎖の繰り返し部位に併記される数値は、繰り返し部位の繰り返し数を示す。)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000026
(樹脂2)
B-1:下記構造(重量平均分子量11000、各繰り返し単位(主鎖)に併記した数値は、各繰り返し単位の含有量(質量比)を表す。)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000027
B-2:下記構造(重量平均分子量12000、各繰り返し単位(主鎖)に併記した数値は、各繰り返し単位の含有量(質量比)を表す。)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000028
B-3:下記構造(重量平均分子量40000、各繰り返し単位(主鎖)に併記した数値は、各繰り返し単位の含有量(質量比)を表す。)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000029
・顔料誘導体
PZ-1:下記構造
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000030
・重合性化合物
M-1~M-3:下記構造。なお、M-2は、左式の化合物と右式の化合物とが質量比で7:3の混合物である。M-3のnは、1~3であり、4つのnの合計は12以下である。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000031
M-4:NKエステル A-TMMT(ペンタエリスリトールテトラアクリレート、新中村化学工業(株)製)
・光重合開始剤
I-1~I-2:下記構造
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000032
・界面活性剤
W-1:下記混合物(Mw=14000、10%PGMEA溶液)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000033
W-2:下記構造
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000034
(Raw materials used)
The components used in the colored compositions of Examples and Comparative Examples are as follows.
-Red pigment PR144: C.I. I. Pigment Red 144
PR166: C.I. I. Pigment Red 166
PR254: C.I. I. Pigment Red 254
・ Resin (Resin 1)
D-1: The following structure (a weight average molecular weight of 38000, a numerical value written together with each repeating unit (main chain) represents the content (mass ratio) of each repeating unit. Indicates the number of repetitions of the repeating part.)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000024
D-2: The following structure (weight average molecular weight 20000, the numerical value written in each repeating unit (main chain) represents the content (mass ratio) of each repeating unit. The numerical value written in the repeating part of the side chain is Indicates the number of repetitions of the repeating part.)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000025
D-3: The following structure (weight average molecular weight 24000, the numerical value written together in each repeating unit (main chain) represents the content (mass ratio) of each repeating unit. The numerical value written in the repeating part of the side chain is Indicates the number of repetitions of the repeating part.)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000026
(Resin 2)
B-1: The following structure (the weight average molecular weight is 11,000, and the numerical value written in each repeating unit (main chain) represents the content (mass ratio) of each repeating unit.)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000027
B-2: The following structure (the weight average molecular weight is 12000, and the numerical value written in each repeating unit (main chain) represents the content (mass ratio) of each repeating unit.)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000028
B-3: The following structure (weight average molecular weight 40000, the numerical value written in each repeating unit (main chain) represents the content (mass ratio) of each repeating unit.)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000029
Pigment derivative PZ-1: the following structure
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000030
Polymerizable compounds M-1 to M-3: The following structures. M-2 is a mixture of the compound of the left formula and the compound of the right formula in a mass ratio of 7: 3. N in M-3 is 1 to 3, and the total of four n is 12 or less.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000031
M-4: NK ester A-TMMT (pentaerythritol tetraacrylate, manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.)
Photopolymerization initiator I-1 to I-2: The following structure
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000032
Surfactant W-1: The following mixture (Mw = 14000, 10% PGMEA solution)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000033
W-2: The following structure
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000034
(着色組成物の調製)
 表1に示す成分の着色組成物を用いて評価した。
(組成比)
 顔料:5質量%
 樹脂(樹脂1):1.5質量%
 顔料誘導体:0.075質量%
 重合開始剤:0.3質量%
 重合性化合物:0.7質量%
 樹脂(樹脂2):4.925質量%
 界面活性剤:0.001質量%
 溶剤(プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート(PGMEA)):残部
(Preparation of coloring composition)
It evaluated using the coloring composition of the component shown in Table 1.
(Composition ratio)
Pigment: 5% by mass
Resin (Resin 1): 1.5% by mass
Pigment derivative: 0.075% by mass
Polymerization initiator: 0.3% by mass
Polymerizable compound: 0.7% by mass
Resin (Resin 2): 4.925 mass%
Surfactant: 0.001% by mass
Solvent (propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate (PGMEA)): remainder
 着色組成物は、顔料と樹脂1と顔料誘導体とを混合して顔料分散液を調製し、顔料分散液に残りの成分を配合して上記組成の着色組成物を製造した。 The coloring composition was prepared by mixing the pigment, the resin 1 and the pigment derivative to prepare a pigment dispersion, and blending the remaining components in the pigment dispersion to produce a coloring composition having the above composition.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000035
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000035
(蛍光強度測定)
 ガラス基板上に各着色組成物を塗布して着色組成物層を形成した。膜厚は、硬化膜の波長500nmの透過率が5%になるように調整した。
 次に、100℃で2分間プリベークを行った後、1000mJ/cmの条件で露光を行い、220℃で5分間ポストベークを行い、硬化膜を製造した。
 得られた硬化膜について、日立ハイテク社製F4500を用い、励起波長は534nm、励起スリット5nm、蛍光スリット5nm、ホトマル電圧950Vの条件で、波長600~700nmの範囲の蛍光の積分強度を測定した。なお、蛍光強度の測定にあたり、迷光抑制の為に光源側に530nmのバンドパスフィルタ、散乱光抑制の為に検出側にシャープカットフィルタを用いて測定を行った。得られた蛍光スペクトルの600~700nmの積分値を用いて、比較例1の着色組成物の結果で割った値を蛍光強度比として算出した。
(Fluorescence intensity measurement)
Each colored composition was applied onto a glass substrate to form a colored composition layer. The film thickness was adjusted so that the transmittance at a wavelength of 500 nm of the cured film was 5%.
Next, after prebaking at 100 ° C. for 2 minutes, exposure was performed under the condition of 1000 mJ / cm 2 , and post baking was performed at 220 ° C. for 5 minutes to produce a cured film.
With respect to the obtained cured film, the integrated intensity of fluorescence in the wavelength range of 600 to 700 nm was measured using F4500 manufactured by Hitachi High-Tech, under the conditions of excitation wavelength of 534 nm, excitation slit of 5 nm, fluorescence slit of 5 nm, and photomultiplier voltage of 950 V. In measuring the fluorescence intensity, a 530 nm bandpass filter was used on the light source side to suppress stray light, and a sharp cut filter was used on the detection side to suppress scattered light. Using the integrated value of 600 to 700 nm of the obtained fluorescence spectrum, a value divided by the result of the colored composition of Comparative Example 1 was calculated as the fluorescence intensity ratio.
(分散安定性評価)
 各着色組成物を、50℃の恒温槽に保管して1週間後に分光を測定した。保管前後の400~800nmの分光を測定して、保管前後の分光変動が最大の波長を以下条件で判断した。
5:分光変動が保管前後で1%以下
4:分光変動が保管前後で1%を超え3%以下
3:分光変動が保管前後で3%を超え5%以下
2:分光変動が保管前後で5%を超え10%以下
1:分光変動が保管前後で10%を超える
(Dispersion stability evaluation)
Each coloring composition was stored in a thermostat at 50 ° C., and the spectrum was measured after one week. The spectrum of 400 to 800 nm before and after storage was measured, and the wavelength with the largest spectral fluctuation before and after storage was judged under the following conditions.
5: Spectral fluctuation is less than 1% before and after storage 4: Spectral fluctuation is more than 1% and less than 3% before and after storage 3: Spectral fluctuation is more than 3% before and after storage and less than 5% 2: Spectral fluctuation is 5 before and after storage % And below 10% 1: Spectral fluctuation exceeds 10% before and after storage
(耐光性評価)
 蛍光強度を測定した基板を、キセノンランプを用いて、1.0×10ルクスの照度で50時間照射して耐光性を測定した。処理前後の400~800nmの分光を測定して、処理前後の分光変動が最大の波長を以下条件で判断した。
5:分光変動が処理前後で1%以下
4:分光変動が処理前後で1%を超え3%以下
3:分光変動が処理前後で3%を超え5%以下
2:分光変動が処理前後で5%を超え10%以下
1:分光変動が処理前後で10%を超える
(Light resistance evaluation)
The substrate on which the fluorescence intensity was measured was irradiated with an illuminance of 1.0 × 10 5 lux for 50 hours using a xenon lamp, and light resistance was measured. The spectrum of 400 to 800 nm before and after the treatment was measured, and the wavelength with the largest spectral fluctuation before and after the treatment was judged under the following conditions.
5: Spectral fluctuation is 1% or less before and after treatment 4: Spectral fluctuation is more than 1% before and after treatment and 3% or less 3: Spectral fluctuation is more than 3% before and after treatment and 5% or less 2: Spectral fluctuation is 5 before and after treatment % And below 10% 1: Spectral fluctuation exceeds 10% before and after treatment
(解像性評価)
 蛍光強度を測定する基板で露光時にパターンを有するフォトマスクを載せ露光を行った。その後、2.5質量%TMAH(水酸化テトラメチルアンモニウム)水溶液にて現像処理を行った。現像後に作製可能なパタ-ン形状の限界サイズを以下条件で判断した。
5:限界解像度が1.4μm以下
4:限界解像度が、1.4μmを超え1.7μm以下
3:限界解像度が、1.7μmを超え2μm以下
2:限界解像度が、2μmを超え3μm以下
1:リソ性なし
(Resolution evaluation)
Exposure was performed by placing a photomask having a pattern on the substrate for measuring fluorescence intensity during exposure. Thereafter, development processing was performed with a 2.5 mass% TMAH (tetramethylammonium hydroxide) aqueous solution. The limit size of the pattern shape that can be produced after development was determined under the following conditions.
5: Limit resolution is 1.4 μm or less 4: Limit resolution exceeds 1.4 μm and 1.7 μm or less 3: Limit resolution exceeds 1.7 μm and 2 μm or less 2: Limit resolution exceeds 2 μm and 3 μm or less 1: No lithographic properties
(残渣欠陥評価)
 蛍光強度を測定した基板をアプライドマテリアル社製ComPlusにてベタ膜の欠陥数を測定した。測定結果を以下条件で判断した。1μm以上の材料由来と判断されるごみをベタ膜の欠陥として判断した。
5:8インチウエハ辺りの欠陥数が100個以下
4:8インチウエハ辺りの欠陥数が100個を超え300個以下
3:8インチウエハ辺りの欠陥数が300個を超え500個以下
2:8インチウエハ辺りの欠陥数が500個を超え1000個以下
1:8インチウエハ辺りの欠陥数が1000個を超える
(Residue defect evaluation)
The number of defects in the solid film was measured on the substrate whose fluorescence intensity was measured using ComPlus manufactured by Applied Materials. The measurement results were judged under the following conditions. Garbage judged to be derived from a material of 1 μm or more was judged as a solid film defect.
The number of defects per 5: 8 inch wafer is 100 or less and the number of defects per 4: 8 inch wafer is more than 100 and 300 or less. The number of defects per 3: 8 inch wafer is more than 300 and 500 or less. 2: 8 The number of defects per inch wafer exceeds 500 and is 1000 or less. The number of defects per 1: 8 inch wafer exceeds 1000.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000036
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000036
 上記表に示すように実施例は、蛍光強度比が小さかった。また、実施例の硬化膜をエミッションフィルタとして用いた蛍光センサは、検出感度に優れていた。
 一方、比較例の硬化膜をエミッションフィルタとして用いた蛍光センサは、検出感度が劣っていた。
 また、実施例1~38、比較例1~5の硬化膜を、蛍光センサのエミッションフィルタとして組み込んで、試料に波長534nmの励起光を照射して蛍光検出を行ったところ、実施例1~38は、比較例1~5よりも検出感度が優れていた。
As shown in the above table, in the examples, the fluorescence intensity ratio was small. Moreover, the fluorescence sensor using the cured film of the example as an emission filter was excellent in detection sensitivity.
On the other hand, the fluorescence sensor using the cured film of the comparative example as an emission filter has poor detection sensitivity.
Further, when the cured films of Examples 1 to 38 and Comparative Examples 1 to 5 were incorporated as an emission filter of a fluorescence sensor and the sample was irradiated with excitation light having a wavelength of 534 nm, fluorescence was detected. Examples 1 to 38 The detection sensitivity was superior to those of Comparative Examples 1-5.
1 光源、2 励起フィルタ、3 ビームスプリッタ、4 対物レンズ、5 試料ホルダ、6 エミッションフィルタ、7 接眼部、11 光源、12 励起フィルタ、13 ミラー、14 試料ホルダ、15 対物レンズ、16 エミッションフィルタ、17 接眼部 1 light source, 2 excitation filter, 3 beam splitter, 4 objective lens, 5 sample holder, 6 emission filter, 7 eyepiece, 11 light source, 12 excitation filter, 13 mirror, 14 sample holder, 15 objective lens, 16 emission filter, 17 Eyepiece

Claims (13)

  1.  蛍光センサのエミッションフィルタ形成用の着色組成物であって、
     赤色顔料と、樹脂と、重合性化合物と、光重合開始剤と、溶剤とを含み、
     前記着色組成物を用いて形成した、厚さ3.0μmの膜の、波長534nmの光で励起した際の波長600~700nm範囲の蛍光の積分強度を、
     カラーインデックスピグメントレッド254を全固形分中に40質量%含有する、厚さ3.0μmの硬化膜Aの、波長534nmの光で励起した際の波長600~700nmの範囲の蛍光の積分強度で割った値が0.5以下である、着色組成物。
    A coloring composition for forming an emission filter of a fluorescent sensor,
    Including a red pigment, a resin, a polymerizable compound, a photopolymerization initiator, and a solvent,
    The integrated intensity of fluorescence in the wavelength range of 600 to 700 nm when excited with light having a wavelength of 534 nm in a 3.0 μm-thick film formed using the colored composition,
    Divided by the integrated intensity of fluorescence in the wavelength range of 600 to 700 nm when cured with a light of wavelength 534 nm of a cured film A having a thickness of 3.0 μm and containing 40% by mass of Color Index Pigment Red 254 in the total solid content. A colored composition having a value of 0.5 or less.
  2.  蛍光センサのエミッションフィルタ形成用の着色組成物であって、
     カラーインデックスピグメントレッド144、及び、カラーインデックスピグメントレッド166から選ばれる少なくとも1種の赤色顔料と、樹脂と、重合性化合物と、光重合開始剤と、溶剤と、を含む着色組成物。
    A coloring composition for forming an emission filter of a fluorescent sensor,
    A coloring composition comprising at least one red pigment selected from Color Index Pigment Red 144 and Color Index Pigment Red 166, a resin, a polymerizable compound, a photopolymerization initiator, and a solvent.
  3.  前記赤色顔料の平均粒径が5~500nmである、請求項1又は2に記載の着色組成物。 The colored composition according to claim 1 or 2, wherein the red pigment has an average particle diameter of 5 to 500 nm.
  4.  前記重合性化合物が、重合性モノマーである、請求項1~3のいずれか1項に記載の着色組成物。 The colored composition according to any one of claims 1 to 3, wherein the polymerizable compound is a polymerizable monomer.
  5.  前記重合性モノマーが、ラジカル重合性基を3個以上有する、請求項4に記載の着色組成物。 The colored composition according to claim 4, wherein the polymerizable monomer has three or more radical polymerizable groups.
  6.  前記重合性モノマーが、アルキレンオキシ基を有する、請求項4又は5に記載の着色組成物。 The colored composition according to claim 4 or 5, wherein the polymerizable monomer has an alkyleneoxy group.
  7.  前記重合性モノマーが、アルキレンオキシ基を繰り返し単位として2以上含む鎖を有する、請求項6に記載の着色組成物。 The colored composition according to claim 6, wherein the polymerizable monomer has a chain containing two or more alkyleneoxy groups as repeating units.
  8.  前記樹脂が、グラフト共重合体を含む、請求項1~7のいずれか1項に記載の着色組成物。 The colored composition according to any one of claims 1 to 7, wherein the resin contains a graft copolymer.
  9.  前記樹脂が、下記式(1)~(4)のいずれかで表される繰り返し単位を含む樹脂を含む、請求項1~8のいずれか1項に記載の着色組成物;
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000001
     式(1)~式(4)において、W、W、W、及びWはそれぞれ独立に酸素原子、又は、NHを表し、
     X、X、X、X、及びXはそれぞれ独立に水素原子又は1価の有機基を表し、
     Y、Y、Y、及びYはそれぞれ独立に2価の連結基を表し、
     Z、Z、Z、及びZはそれぞれ独立に1価の有機基を表し、
     Rはアルキレン基を表し、
     Rは水素原子又は1価の有機基を表し、
     n、m、p、及びqはそれぞれ独立に1~500の整数を表し、
     j及びkはそれぞれ独立に2~8の整数を表し、
     式(3)において、pが2~500のとき、複数存在するRは互いに同じであっても異なっていてもよく、
     式(4)において、qが2~500のとき、複数存在するX及びRは互いに同じであっても異なっていてもよい。
    The colored composition according to any one of claims 1 to 8, wherein the resin comprises a resin containing a repeating unit represented by any of the following formulas (1) to (4):
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000001
    In formulas (1) to (4), W 1 , W 2 , W 3 , and W 4 each independently represent an oxygen atom or NH,
    X 1 , X 2 , X 3 , X 4 , and X 5 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group,
    Y 1 , Y 2 , Y 3 , and Y 4 each independently represent a divalent linking group,
    Z 1 , Z 2 , Z 3 , and Z 4 each independently represent a monovalent organic group,
    R 3 represents an alkylene group,
    R 4 represents a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group,
    n, m, p, and q each independently represents an integer of 1 to 500;
    j and k each independently represents an integer of 2 to 8,
    In the formula (3), when p is 2 to 500, a plurality of R 3 may be the same or different from each other,
    In the formula (4), when q is 2 to 500, a plurality of X 5 and R 4 may be the same or different from each other.
  10.  請求項1~9のいずれか1項に記載の着色組成物を用いたエミッションフィルタを有する蛍光センサ。 A fluorescent sensor having an emission filter using the colored composition according to any one of claims 1 to 9.
  11.  前記蛍光センサが、試料に対して、励起光を照射して用いるものである、請求項10に記載の蛍光センサ。 The fluorescence sensor according to claim 10, wherein the fluorescence sensor is used by irradiating a sample with excitation light.
  12.  前記蛍光センサがDNAセンサである、請求項10又は11に記載の蛍光センサ。 The fluorescence sensor according to claim 10 or 11, wherein the fluorescence sensor is a DNA sensor.
  13.  請求項1~9のいずれか1項に記載の着色組成物を用いてエミッションフィルタを形成する工程を有する蛍光センサの製造方法。 A method for producing a fluorescent sensor, comprising a step of forming an emission filter using the colored composition according to any one of claims 1 to 9.
PCT/JP2016/074053 2015-08-19 2016-08-18 Dye composition, fluorescence sensor, and production method for fluorescence sensor WO2017030155A1 (en)

Priority Applications (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
KR1020187004379A KR102121760B1 (en) 2015-08-19 2016-08-18 Coloring composition, fluorescent sensor and method for manufacturing fluorescent sensor
JP2017535556A JP6663433B2 (en) 2015-08-19 2016-08-18 Colored composition, fluorescent sensor, and method for manufacturing fluorescent sensor

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2015-161717 2015-08-19
JP2015161717 2015-08-19

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2017030155A1 true WO2017030155A1 (en) 2017-02-23

Family

ID=58052162

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/JP2016/074053 WO2017030155A1 (en) 2015-08-19 2016-08-18 Dye composition, fluorescence sensor, and production method for fluorescence sensor

Country Status (4)

Country Link
JP (1) JP6663433B2 (en)
KR (1) KR102121760B1 (en)
TW (1) TWI693471B (en)
WO (1) WO2017030155A1 (en)

Families Citing this family (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
TWI814365B (en) * 2022-04-29 2023-09-01 由田新技股份有限公司 Optical inspection system based on laser light source and laser optical system

Citations (10)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JPH04348142A (en) * 1991-03-29 1992-12-03 Agency Of Ind Science & Technol Resin composition for color filter formation
JPH11513243A (en) * 1995-09-11 1999-11-16 ベクトン・ディキンソン・アンド・カンパニー Fluorescence detector
JP2007058192A (en) * 2005-07-29 2007-03-08 Sumitomo Chemical Co Ltd Colored photosensitive resin composition
JP2007086743A (en) * 2005-07-15 2007-04-05 Sumitomo Chemical Co Ltd Colored photosensitive resin composition and method for forming pattern using the composition
JP2009151274A (en) * 2007-11-28 2009-07-09 Jsr Corp Radiation-sensitive composition for red color filter, color filter and color liquid crystal display element
JP2009175613A (en) * 2008-01-28 2009-08-06 Sakata Corp Pigment dispersion for color filter and pigment dispersion resist composition for color filter containing the same
KR20110045530A (en) * 2009-10-27 2011-05-04 동우 화인켐 주식회사 Red colored photosensitive resin composition, color filter and liquid crystal display device having the same
WO2011063332A2 (en) * 2009-11-23 2011-05-26 3M Innovative Properties Company Microwell array articles and methods of use
WO2013099217A1 (en) * 2011-12-28 2013-07-04 日本化薬株式会社 Pigment dispersant, pigment composition, and compound
JP2015172732A (en) * 2014-02-21 2015-10-01 東洋インキScホールディングス株式会社 Colored composition and color filter using the same

Family Cites Families (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JPS60129739A (en) 1983-12-16 1985-07-11 Agency Of Ind Science & Technol Photosensitive resin composition for forming transparent colored image
JPH10239835A (en) 1997-02-28 1998-09-11 Sekisui Chem Co Ltd Image forming colored composition, color filter and its manufacture
JP2008145309A (en) * 2006-12-12 2008-06-26 Fujifilm Corp Surface plasmon intensifying fluorescence sensor
JP5757925B2 (en) * 2011-08-31 2015-08-05 富士フイルム株式会社 COLORING COMPOSITION, COLOR FILTER MANUFACTURING METHOD USING THE SAME, COLOR FILTER, AND SOLID-STATE IMAGING DEVICE

Patent Citations (10)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JPH04348142A (en) * 1991-03-29 1992-12-03 Agency Of Ind Science & Technol Resin composition for color filter formation
JPH11513243A (en) * 1995-09-11 1999-11-16 ベクトン・ディキンソン・アンド・カンパニー Fluorescence detector
JP2007086743A (en) * 2005-07-15 2007-04-05 Sumitomo Chemical Co Ltd Colored photosensitive resin composition and method for forming pattern using the composition
JP2007058192A (en) * 2005-07-29 2007-03-08 Sumitomo Chemical Co Ltd Colored photosensitive resin composition
JP2009151274A (en) * 2007-11-28 2009-07-09 Jsr Corp Radiation-sensitive composition for red color filter, color filter and color liquid crystal display element
JP2009175613A (en) * 2008-01-28 2009-08-06 Sakata Corp Pigment dispersion for color filter and pigment dispersion resist composition for color filter containing the same
KR20110045530A (en) * 2009-10-27 2011-05-04 동우 화인켐 주식회사 Red colored photosensitive resin composition, color filter and liquid crystal display device having the same
WO2011063332A2 (en) * 2009-11-23 2011-05-26 3M Innovative Properties Company Microwell array articles and methods of use
WO2013099217A1 (en) * 2011-12-28 2013-07-04 日本化薬株式会社 Pigment dispersant, pigment composition, and compound
JP2015172732A (en) * 2014-02-21 2015-10-01 東洋インキScホールディングス株式会社 Colored composition and color filter using the same

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
JP6663433B2 (en) 2020-03-11
KR102121760B1 (en) 2020-06-11
JPWO2017030155A1 (en) 2018-05-31
TWI693471B (en) 2020-05-11
TW201710785A (en) 2017-03-16
KR20180029064A (en) 2018-03-19

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
JP6543275B2 (en) Colored composition, color filter, pattern forming method, method of manufacturing color filter, solid-state imaging device, and image display device
JP6008891B2 (en) Colored radiation-sensitive composition, colored cured film, color filter, colored pattern forming method, color filter manufacturing method, solid-state imaging device, and liquid crystal display device
JP6122454B2 (en) Red coloring composition for color filter, colored film, color filter, solid-state imaging device
JP6498284B2 (en) Film, method of manufacturing film, solid-state imaging device and infrared sensor
JP6227132B2 (en) Coloring composition, film, color filter, pattern forming method, color filter manufacturing method, solid-state imaging device, and infrared sensor
WO2017164161A1 (en) Photosensitive composition, color filter, method for forming pattern, solid state image sensor and image display device
JP6591540B2 (en) Curable composition, method for producing curable composition, film, infrared cut filter, infrared transmission filter, pattern forming method and apparatus
KR101925813B1 (en) Coloring composition, film, color filter, pattern formation method, method for producing color filter, solid-state imaging element, and infrared ray sensor
JP7126537B2 (en) Coloring composition, method for producing coloring composition, color filter, pattern forming method, solid-state imaging device, and image display device
JPWO2018043218A1 (en) Photosensitive composition, cured film, optical filter, laminate, pattern forming method, solid-state imaging device, image display device, and infrared sensor
JP2015151530A (en) Composite and production method of the same, colored composition, cured film, color filter, production method of color filter, solid state imaging element, and image display device, as well as laminate
JPWO2016103994A1 (en) Colored composition, method for producing colored composition, color filter, pattern forming method, method for producing color filter, solid-state imaging device, and image display device
WO2018173570A1 (en) Light-sensitive coloring composition, cured film, color filter, solid-state imaging element, and image display device
JP6445156B2 (en) Method for producing cured film and cured film
JP7241797B2 (en) Method for manufacturing color filter, method for manufacturing solid-state imaging device, method for manufacturing image display device, and color filter
JP6663433B2 (en) Colored composition, fluorescent sensor, and method for manufacturing fluorescent sensor
WO2018173524A1 (en) Coloring composition, pigment dispersion, method for manufacturing pigment dispersion, cured film, color filter, solid-state imaging element, and image display device
JP2017116955A (en) Composition for infrared transmission filter, infrared transmission filter, manufacturing method of infrared transmission filter, and infrared sensor
JP6587697B2 (en) Coloring composition, color filter, pattern forming method, solid-state imaging device, and image display device
JP6588276B2 (en) Curable composition, color filter, light-shielding film, solid-state imaging device, and image display device
JP2019049759A (en) Composition for infrared transmission filter, infrared transmission composition layer, infrared transmission filter, method for manufacturing infrared transmission filter, and infrared sensor

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 16837144

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2017535556

Country of ref document: JP

Kind code of ref document: A

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 20187004379

Country of ref document: KR

Kind code of ref document: A

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 16837144

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1